US20040242692A1 - Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders - Google Patents

Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20040242692A1
US20040242692A1 US10/865,088 US86508804A US2004242692A1 US 20040242692 A1 US20040242692 A1 US 20040242692A1 US 86508804 A US86508804 A US 86508804A US 2004242692 A1 US2004242692 A1 US 2004242692A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
compound
formula
phenyl
carbon atoms
reaction
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/865,088
Inventor
Shalini Sharma
Reid von Borstel
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US10/865,088 priority Critical patent/US20040242692A1/en
Publication of US20040242692A1 publication Critical patent/US20040242692A1/en
Priority to US11/005,449 priority patent/US8487000B2/en
Priority to US13/920,579 priority patent/US9133073B2/en
Assigned to WHITE OAK GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT reassignment WHITE OAK GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT SECURITY AGREEMENT Assignors: WELLSTAT THERAPEUTICS CORPORATION
Assigned to PDL BIOPHARMA, INC. reassignment PDL BIOPHARMA, INC. SECURITY AGREEMENT Assignors: WELLSTAT THERAPEUTICS CORPORATION
Assigned to WELLSTAT THERAPEUTICS CORPORATION reassignment WELLSTAT THERAPEUTICS CORPORATION RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: WHITE OAK GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C07B41/00—Formation or introduction of functional groups containing oxygen
    • C07B41/12—Formation or introduction of functional groups containing oxygen of carboxylic acid ester groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
    • C07C69/76—Esters of carboxylic acids having a carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N37/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most two bonds to halogen, e.g. carboxylic acids
    • A01N37/10—Aromatic or araliphatic carboxylic acids, or thio analogues thereof; Derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/185—Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
    • A61K31/19—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
    • A61K31/192—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having aromatic groups, e.g. sulindac, 2-aryl-propionic acids, ethacrynic acid 
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
    • A61K31/215—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
    • A61K31/216—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids of acids having aromatic rings, e.g. benactizyne, clofibrate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
    • A61K31/215—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
    • A61K31/235—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids having an aromatic ring attached to a carboxyl group
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4196—1,2,4-Triazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/54—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one sulfur as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. sulthiame
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/12—Ophthalmic agents for cataracts
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/48—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones
    • A61P5/50—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones for increasing or potentiating the activity of insulin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/12—Antidiuretics, e.g. drugs for diabetes insipidus
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C209/00—Preparation of compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton
    • C07C209/68—Preparation of compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton from amines, by reactions not involving amino groups, e.g. reduction of unsaturated amines, aromatisation, or substitution of the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/02—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/04—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C217/06—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted
    • C07C217/14—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted the oxygen atom of the etherified hydroxy group being further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C217/18—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted the oxygen atom of the etherified hydroxy group being further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring the six-membered aromatic ring or condensed ring system containing that ring being further substituted
    • C07C217/22—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted the oxygen atom of the etherified hydroxy group being further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring the six-membered aromatic ring or condensed ring system containing that ring being further substituted by carbon atoms having at least two bonds to oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C229/00—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/40—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of at least one six-membered aromatic ring and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/44—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of at least one six-membered aromatic ring and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton with carboxyl groups linked to the six-membered aromatic ring, or to the condensed ring system containing that ring, by unsaturated carbon chains
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C233/30—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by doubly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C07C233/31—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by doubly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C233/45—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
    • C07C233/46—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C233/47—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to a hydrogen atom or to a carbon atom of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/70—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/72—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C235/76—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/78—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/70—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/84—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C259/00—Compounds containing carboxyl groups, an oxygen atom of a carboxyl group being replaced by a nitrogen atom, this nitrogen atom being further bound to an oxygen atom and not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C259/04—Compounds containing carboxyl groups, an oxygen atom of a carboxyl group being replaced by a nitrogen atom, this nitrogen atom being further bound to an oxygen atom and not being part of nitro or nitroso groups without replacement of the other oxygen atom of the carboxyl group, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • C07C259/06—Compounds containing carboxyl groups, an oxygen atom of a carboxyl group being replaced by a nitrogen atom, this nitrogen atom being further bound to an oxygen atom and not being part of nitro or nitroso groups without replacement of the other oxygen atom of the carboxyl group, e.g. hydroxamic acids having carbon atoms of hydroxamic groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/50—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/51—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/52—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/50—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/51—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/57—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C323/58—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups with amino groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/59—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups with amino groups bound to the carbon skeleton with acylated amino groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C59/00—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups
    • C07C59/40—Unsaturated compounds
    • C07C59/58—Unsaturated compounds containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups
    • C07C59/64—Unsaturated compounds containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C59/66—Unsaturated compounds containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups containing six-membered aromatic rings the non-carboxylic part of the ether containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C59/68—Unsaturated compounds containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups containing six-membered aromatic rings the non-carboxylic part of the ether containing six-membered aromatic rings the oxygen atom of the ether group being bound to a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C59/00—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups
    • C07C59/40—Unsaturated compounds
    • C07C59/76—Unsaturated compounds containing keto groups
    • C07C59/90—Unsaturated compounds containing keto groups containing singly bound oxygen-containing groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C67/00—Preparation of carboxylic acid esters
    • C07C67/47—Preparation of carboxylic acid esters by telomerisation
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
    • C07C69/66—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety
    • C07C69/73—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety of unsaturated acids
    • C07C69/734—Ethers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
    • C07C69/66—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety
    • C07C69/73—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety of unsaturated acids
    • C07C69/738—Esters of keto-carboxylic acids or aldehydo-carboxylic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/28—Radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D213/30—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/55—Acids; Esters
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/08—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
    • C07D249/10—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/08—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
    • C07D249/10—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D249/12—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/16—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/24—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/02—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a three-membered ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/04—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a four-membered ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
    • C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
    • C07C2602/04—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring

Definitions

  • Diabetes mellitus is a major cause of morbidity and mortality.
  • Chronically elevated blood glucose leads to debilitating complications: nephropathy, often necessitating dialysis or renal transplant; peripheral neuropathy; retinopathy leading to blindness; ulceration of the legs and feet, leading to amputation; fatty liver disease, sometimes progressing to cirrhosis; and vulnerability to coronary artery disease and myocardial infarction.
  • Type I diabetes insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus
  • IDDM insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus
  • Type II diabetes mellitus typically develops in adulthood. NIDDM is associated with resistance of glucose-utilizing tissues like adipose tissue, muscle, and liver, to the actions of insulin. Initially, the pancreatic islet beta cells compensate by secreting excess insulin.
  • NIDDM neurodegenerative disease 2019
  • insulin releasers which directly stimulate insulin release, carrying the risk of hypoglycemia
  • prandial insulin releasers which potentiate glucose-induced insulin secretion, and must be taken before each meal
  • biguanides including metformin, which attenuate hepatic gluconeogenesis (which is paradoxically elevated in diabetes)
  • insulin sensitizers for example the thiazolidinedione derivatives rosiglitazone and pioglitazone, which improve peripheral responsiveness to insulin, but which have side effects like weight gain, edema, and occasional liver toxicity
  • insulin injections which are often necessary in the later stages of NIDDM when the islets have failed under chronic hyperstimulation.
  • Insulin resistance can also occur without marked hyperglycemia, and is generally associated with atherosclerosis, obesity, hyperlipidemia, and essential hypertension. This cluster of abnormalities constitutes the “metabolic syndrome” or “insulin resistance syndrome”. Insulin resistance is also associated with fatty liver, which can progress to chronic inflammation (NASH; “nonalcoholic steatohepatitis”), fibrosis, and cirrhosis. Cumulatively, insulin resistance syndromes, including but not limited to diabetes, underlie many of the major causes of morbidity and death of people over age 40.
  • NASH nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula I by a ring carbon; and X is —CH 2 —, Q is —OR 1 and R 1 is ethyl; or X is —CH 2 CR 12 R 13 —or —CH 2 CH(NHAc)—wherein each of R 12 and R 13 is
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula II by a ring carbon; Z is
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms;
  • R 4 is hydrogen; —NHCOOC(CH 3 ) 3 ; —NHCH 3 ; or —NHCH 2 CH 3 ; or when R 1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • n is 1 or 2;
  • A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein one or both ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula III by a ring carbon.
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; or when R 1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • n is 1 or 2;
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms;
  • R 14 is hydroxy or hydrogen; and
  • A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula V′ by a ring carbon;
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
  • R 15 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
  • R 9 is hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, or alkoxy having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
  • A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of
  • the biologically active agents described above have activity in one or more of the biological activity assays described below, which are established animal models of human diabetes and insulin resistance syndrome. Therefore such agents would be useful in the treatment of diabetes and insulin resistance syndrome. All of the exemplified compounds that were tested demonstrated activity in the biological activity assay or assays in which they were tested.
  • This invention provides the use of the biologically active agents described above in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of insulin resistance syndrome, diabetes, cachexia, hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, obesity, atherosclerosis or arteriosclerosis.
  • This invention also provides methods of treating a mammalian subject with insulin resistance syndrome, diabetes, cachexia, hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, obesity, atherosclerosis or arteriosclerosis comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a biologically active agent in accordance with this invention.
  • This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a biologically active agent of this invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This invention provides certain novel intermediates, which are useful in producing the biologically active agents of this invention.
  • the invention also provides processes of producing the biologically active agents and intermediates.
  • FIG. 1 Serum insulin levels in high fat-fed C57B1/6J mice receiving vehicle (negative control), Compound BI, Compound BL, Wy14643 or rosiglitazone.
  • FIG. 2 Serum leptin levels in high fat-fed C57B1/6J mice receiving vehicle (negative control), Compound BI, Compound BL, Wy14643 or rosiglitazone.
  • alkyl means a linear or branched-chain alkyl group.
  • An alkyl group identified as having a certain number of carbon atoms means any alkyl group having the specified number of carbons.
  • an alkyl having three carbon atoms can be propyl or isopropyl; and alkyl having four carbon atoms can be n-butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl or t-butyl.
  • halo refers to one or more of fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
  • perfluoro as in perfluoromethyl or perfluoromethoxy, means that the group in question has fluorine atoms in place of all of the hydrogen atoms.
  • AD 4-(4-(3-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • AI 4-(4-(2-Chlorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • AM 4-[4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl]-4-oxobutyric acid;
  • BC 3-(2-(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl)thio-1H-1,2,4-triazole;
  • BG (2RS) 2-(N-Acetyl)-4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid;
  • BJ 4-(3-(2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • BV 4- ⁇ 3-[((2,6-Dimethyllbenzylamino)-carbonyl)-4-methoxy]phenyl ⁇ -4-oxobutyric acid;
  • the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • R 1 is hydrogen or ethyl; q is 0; or X is —CH 2 CH 2 —
  • A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy each halo is independently fluoro or chloro.
  • each halo substituent on phenyl ring A is fluoro.
  • phenyl ring A is substituted by 2 fluoro groups.
  • the alkyl, perluoroalkyl, alkoxy or perfluoroalkoxy has 1 carbon atom.
  • A is cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl.
  • the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or both ring carbons adjacent to the ring carbon covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula I are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl.
  • A is unsubstituted cyclopropyl.
  • q is 1 and R 5 is methyl.
  • the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • Examples of compounds of Formula IA include Compound AM and Compound BG.
  • the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • R 1 is hydrogen or ethyl.
  • one of R 2 and R 3 is hydrogen or halo and the other is halo.
  • Examples of such compounds include Compound AD, Compound AE and Compound AI.
  • R 2 is fluoro and R 3 is hydrogen.
  • Examples of such compounds include Compound AA, Compound AJ, Compound AK, and Compound AO.
  • R 2 is fluoro and R 3 is fluoro. Examples of such compounds include Compound AU, Compound AV and Compound BB.
  • the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • examples of such compounds include Compound AH, Compound AQ, Compound AW and Compound BA.
  • R 2 and R 3 is methyl, methoxy or perfluoromethyl and the other is hydrogen or methyl.
  • R 2 is methyl, methoxy or perfluoromethyl and R 3 is hydrogen.
  • examples of such compounds include Compound AB, Compound AL, Compound AN, Compound AP and Compound AY.
  • R 2 is methyl and R 3 is methyl.
  • examples of such compounds include Compound AT and Compound BI.
  • R 2 is hydrogen and R 3 is hydrogen. Examples of such compounds include Compound AG.
  • the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, or when R 1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or ethyl. Examples of such compounds include Compound AX and Compound BH.
  • the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • n is 1 or 2; R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; and Het is a or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula IC by a ring carbon.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or ethyl. Examples of such compounds include Compound AF and Compound AR.
  • A is cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or both of the ring carbons adjacent to the remainder of the compound of formula II are mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl.
  • A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: fluoro, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy.
  • the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms;
  • R 4 is hydrogen; —NHCOOC(CH 3 ) 3 ; —NHCH 3 ; or —NHCH 2 CH 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or halo; or when R 1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or ethyl. Examples of such compounds include Compound AC, Compound AZ, Compound BC and Compound BE.
  • A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy.
  • 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy. Examples of such compounds include Compound BD.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or ethyl.
  • examples of such compounds include Compound AS.
  • the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • n is 1 or 2;
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms;
  • A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula I by a ring carbon; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • the agent is a compound of the formula:
  • n is 1 or 2; R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from hydrogen, halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or ethyl. Examples of such compounds include Compound BF.
  • This invention provides a method for treating a mammalian subject with a condition selected from the group consisting of insulin resistance syndrome and diabetes (both primary essential diabetes such as Type I Diabetes or Type II Diabetes and secondary nonessential diabetes), comprising administering to the subject an amount of a biologically active agent as described herein effective to treat the condition.
  • a symptom of diabetes or the chance of developing a symptom of diabetes such as atherosclerosis, obesity, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, nephropathy, neuropathy, retinopathy, foot ulceration and cataracts, each such symptom being associated with diabetes, can be reduced.
  • This invention also provides a method for treating hyperlipidemia comprising administering to the subject an amount of a biologically active agent as described herein effective to treat the condition. As shown in the Examples, compounds reduce serum triglycerides and free fatty acids in hyperlipidemic animals.
  • This invention also provides a method for treating cachexia comprising administering to the subject an amount of a biologically active agent as described herein effective to treat the cachexia.
  • This invention also provides a method for treating obesity comprising administering to the subject an amount of a biologically active agent as described herein effective to treat the condition.
  • This invention also provides a method for treating a condition selected from atherosclerosis or arteriosclerosis comprising administering to the subject an amount of a biologically active agent as described herein effective to treat the condition.
  • the active agents of this invention are effective to treat hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, cachexia, obesity, atherosclerosis or arteriosclerosis whether or not the subject has diabetes or insulin resistance syndrome.
  • the agent can be administered by any conventional route of systemic administration. Preferably the agent is administered orally.
  • Other routes of administration that can be used in accordance with this invention include rectally, parenterally, by injection (e.g. intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular or intraperitioneal injection), or nasally.
  • each of the uses and methods of treatment of this invention comprise administering any one of the embodiments of the biologically active agents described above.
  • each such agent and group of agents is not being repeated, but they are incorporated into this description of uses and methods of treatment as if they were repeated.
  • Insulin resistance syndromes and consequences of chronic hyperglycemia.
  • Dysregulation of fuel metabolism, especially insulin resistance which can occur in the absence of diabetes (persistent hyperglycemia) per se, is associated with a variety of symptoms, including hyperlipidemia, atherosclerosis, obesity, essential hypertension, fatty liver disease (NASH; nonalcoholic steatohepatitis), and, especially in the context of cancer or systemic inflammatory disease, cachexia. Cachexia can also occur in the context of Type I Diabetes or late-stage Type II Diabetes.
  • active agents of the invention are useful for preventing or amelioriating diseases and symptoms associated with insulin resistance, as is demonstrated in animals in the Examples.
  • NIDDM Type II diabetes mellitus
  • disease symptoms secondary to hyperglycemia also occur in patients with NIDDM. These include nephropathy, peripheral neuropathy, retinopathy, microvascular disease, ulceration of the extremities, and consequences of nonenzymatic glycosylation of proteins, e.g. damage to collagen and other connective tissues. Attenuation of hyperglycemia reduces the rate of onset and severity of these consequences of diabetes. Because, as is demonstrated in the Examples, active agents and compositions of the invention help to reduce hyperglycemia in diabetes, they are useful for prevention and amelioration of complications of chronic hyperglycemia.
  • Both human and non-human mammalian subjects can be treated in accordance with the treatment method of this invention.
  • the optimal dose of a particular active agent of the invention for a particular subject can be determined in the clinical setting by a skilled clinician.
  • the agent is generally administered in a daily dose of from 1 mg to 400 mg, administered once or twice per day.
  • the anticipated preferred daily dose of Compound AH is from 100 mg to 400 mg; of Compound AW is from 30 to 300 mg; and of Compound BI is from 10 to 200 mg.
  • the agent In the case of oral administration to a mouse the agent is generally administered in a daily dose from 1 to 300 mg of the agent per kilogram of body weight.
  • Active agents of the invention are used as monotherapy in diabetes or insulin resistance syndrome, or in combination with one or more other drugs with utility in these types of diseases, e.g. insulin releasing agents, prandial insulin releasers, biguanides, or insulin itself. Such additional drugs are administered in accord with standard clinical practice.
  • agents of the invention will improve the efficacy of other classes of drugs, permitting lower (and therefore less toxic) doses of such agents to be administered to patients with satisfactory therapeutic results.
  • Type I Diabetes Mellitus A patient with Type I diabetes manages their disease primarily by self-administration of one to several doses of insulin per day, with frequent monitoring blood glucose to permit appropriate adjustment of the dose and timing of insulin administration. Chronic hyperglycemia leads to complications such as nephropathy, neuropathy, retinopathy, foot ulceration, and early mortality; hypoglycemia due to excessive insulin dosing can cause cognitive dysfunction or unconsciousness.
  • a patient with Type I diabetes is treated with 1 to 400 mg/day of an active agent of this invention, e.g. 50 to 400 mg/day of Compound AH, in tablet or capsule form either as a single or a divided dose.
  • the anticipated effect will be a reduction in the dose or frequency of administration of insulin required to maintain blood glucose in a satisfactory range, and a reduced incidence and severity of hypoglycemic episodes.
  • Clinical outcome is monitored by measurement of blood glucose and glycosylated hemoglobin (an index of adequacy of glycemic control integrated over a period of several months), as well as by reduced incidence and severity of typical complications of diabetes.
  • a biologically active agent of this invention can be administered in conjunction with islet transplantation to help maintain the anti-diabetic efficacy of the islet transplant.
  • Type II Diabetes Mellitus A typical patient with Type II diabetes (NIDDM) manages their disease by programs of diet and exercise as well as by taking medications such as metformin, glyburide, repaglinide, rosiglitazone, or acarbose, all of which provide some improvement in glycemic control in some patients, but none of which are free of side effects or eventual treatment failure due to disease progression. Islet failure occurs over time in patients with NIDDM, necessitating insulin injections in a large fraction of patients.
  • Suitable daily dose ranges for selected compounds of the invention for treatment of NIDDM are from 50 mg to 400 mg of Compound AH, from 15 mg to 300 mg of Compound AW, or from 5 mg to 200 mg of Compound BI.
  • dose optimization is done in individual patients according to need, clinical effect, and susceptibility to side effects.
  • Hyperlipidemia Elevated triglyceride and free fatty acid levels in blood affect a substantial fraction of the population and are an important risk factor for atherosclerosis and myocardial infarction. Active agents of the invention are useful for reducing circulating triglycerides and free fatty acids in hyperlipidemic patients. Suitable daily dose ranges for selected compounds of the invention for treatment of hypertriglyceridemia are from 50 mg to 400 mg of Compound AH, from 15 mg to 300 mg of Compound AW, or from 5 mg to 200 mg of Compound BI. Hyperlipidemic patients often also have elevated blood cholesterol levels, which also increase the risk of cardiovascular disease. Cholesterol-lowering drugs such as HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors (“statins′′) can be administered to hyperlipidemic patients in addition to agents of the invention, optionally incorporated into the same pharmaceutical composition.
  • statins′′ HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors
  • Fatty Liver Disease A substantial fraction of the population is affected by fatty liver disease, also known as nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); NASH is often associated with obesity and diabetes. Hepatic steatosis, the presence of droplets of triglycerides with hepatocytes, predisposes the liver to chronic inflammation (detected in biopsy samples as infiltration of inflammatory leukocytes), which can lead to fibrosis and cirrhosis.
  • NASH nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
  • Fatty liver disease is generally detected by observation of elevated serum levels of liver-specific enzymes such as the transaminases ALT and AST, which serve as indices of hepatocyte injury, as well as by presentation of symptoms which include fatigue and pain in the region of the liver, though definitive diagnosis often requires a biopsy.
  • compounds of the invention e.g. Compound AW
  • An appropriate dose range of Compound AW for treatment of fatty liver disease is 15 to 300 mg/day.
  • the anticipated benefit is a reduction in liver inflammation and fat content, resulting in attenuation, halting, or reversal of the progression of NASH toward fibrosis and cirrhosis.
  • This invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a biologically active agent as described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Further embodiments of the pharmaceutical composition of this invention comprise any one of the embodiments of the biologically active agents described above. In the interest of avoiding unnecessary redundancy, each such agent and group of agents is not being repeated, but they are incorporated into this description of pharmaceutical compositions as if they were repeated.
  • the composition is adapted for oral administration, e.g. in the form of a tablet, coated tablet, dragee, hard or soft gelatin capsule, solution, emulsion or suspension.
  • the oral composition will comprise from 1 mg to 400 mg of such agent. It is convenient for the subject to swallow one or two tablets, coated tablets, dragees, or gelatin capsules per day.
  • preferred oral compositions for treatment of humans comprise from 50 mg to 400 mg of Compound AH, from 15 mg to 300 mg of Compound AW, or from 5 mg to 200 mg of Compound BI.
  • the composition can also be adapted for administration by any other conventional means of systemic administration including rectally, e.g. in the form of suppositories, parenterally, e.g. in the form of injection solutions, or nasally.
  • the biologically active compounds can be processed with pharmaceutically inert, inorganic or organic carriers for the production of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Lactose, corn starch or derivatives thereof, talc, stearic acid or its salts and the like can be used, for example, as such carriers for tablets, coated tablets, dragees and hard gelatin capsules.
  • Suitable carriers for soft gelatin capsules are, for example, vegetable oils, waxes, fats, semi-solid and liquid polyols and the like.
  • no carriers are, however, usually required in the case of soft gelatin capsules, other than the soft gelatin itself.
  • Suitable carriers for the production of solutions and syrups are, for example, water, polyols, glycerol, vegetable oils and the like.
  • Suitable carriers for suppositories are, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semil-liquid or liquid polyols and the like.
  • compositions can, moreover, contain preservatives, solubilizers, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, sweeteners, colorants, flavorants, salts for varying the osmotic pressure, buffers, coating agents or antioxidants. They can also contain still other therapeutically valuable substances, particularly antidiabetic or hypolipidemic agents that act through mechanisms other than those underlying the effects of the compounds of the invention.
  • Agents which can advantageously be combined with compounds of the invention in a single formulation include but are not limited to biguanides such as metformin, insulin releasing agents such as the sulfonylurea insulin releaser glyburide and other sulfonylurea insulin releasers, cholesterol-lowering drugs such as the “statin” HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors such as atrovastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin and simvastatin, PPAR-alpha agonists such as clofibrate and gemfibrozil, PPAR-gamma agonists such as thiazolidinediones (e.g.
  • rosiglitazone and pioglitazone alpha-glucosidase inhibitors such as acarbose (which inhibit starch digestion), and prandial insulin releasers such as repaglinide.
  • alpha-glucosidase inhibitors such as acarbose (which inhibit starch digestion)
  • prandial insulin releasers such as repaglinide.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms
  • R 12 and R 13 is independently hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms
  • R 12 and R 13 is independently hydrogen or methyl
  • Y is a leaving group.
  • step (a) The compound of formula VI is converted to the compound of formula VIII via reaction of step (a) using Mitsunobu condensation of VI with VII using triphenylphosphine and diethyl azodicarboxylate. Any of the conditions conventionally used in Mitsunobu reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (a).
  • the compound of formula VIII can also be prepared by etherifying or alkylating the compound of formula VI with a compound of formula 1 ⁇ as in reaction of step (b).
  • Y can be any conventional leaving group such as mesyloxy, tosyloxy or a halide. Any conventional method of etherifying of a hydroxyl group through reaction with a halide or leaving group can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (b). The reaction of step (b) is preferred over step (a) if compund of formula IX is readily available.
  • the compound of formula VIII is converted to the compound of formula XI via reaction of step (c) by alkylating the compound of formula VIII with the compound of formula X.
  • This reaction is carried out utilizing a conventional base which converts acetophenone to 3-keto ester (i.e. gamma-keto ester).
  • Any conventional base for this purpose can be utilized in the reaction of step (c).
  • alkali metal salts of hexamethyldisilazane such as lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide as base.
  • this reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran: 1,3-Dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(1H)-pyrimidinone (5:1). Any of the conditions conventional in such alkylation reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (c).
  • the compound of formula XI is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H.
  • the compound of general formula VII can be prepared by reducing the corresponding acid of formula A—(CH 2 )1+n-CO 2 H.
  • the reaction is carried out first by esterification of compound of formula A-(CH 2 ) t+n -CO 2 H with methyl iodide, followed by reduction utilizing a conventional base for example, lithium aluminium hydride or the like in an inert organic solvent for example, tetrahydrofuran or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such reduction reactions can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
  • step (r′′) the compound of formula XCI can be converted to compound of formula VII by esterification with methyl iodide, followed by reduction with lithium aluminum hydride via reaction of step (r′′).
  • the reaction of step (r′′) can be carried out utilizing a conventional reducing agent. In carrying out this reaction it is generally preferred to utilize lithium aluminum hydride as the reducing agent. Any of the conditions conventional in reduction reactions can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
  • R 1 is ethyl
  • R 9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • step of (f) the compound of formula XIV is hydrolyzed to produce the compound of formula XV. Any conventional method of basic hydrolysis to hydrolyze ester can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
  • the compound of formula XV is converted to the acid chloride of formula XVI via reaction of step (g) by reaction with thionyl chloride. Any of the conventional methods of converting acid to acid halide can be utilized to carry out this reaction of step (g).
  • step (h) The compound of formula XVII is reacted with acid chloride of formula XVI to produce the compound of formula XVIII via reaction of step (h). Any conventional base can be utilized to carry out this reaction with the preferred base being pyridine. The resulting acylated Meldrum acids were not isolated, and instead after workup they were refluxed in absolute ethanol to give the 2-ketoesters. Any conventional conditions to carry out the reaction of step (h) can be utilized.
  • the compound of formula XVIII is the compound of formula I where R 1 is ethyl.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms
  • R 12 and R 13 is independently hydrogen or methyl
  • R 9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • Q is OR 1 where R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbons, can be prepared from the compound of formula XIX, wherein t and A are as above via the reaction scheme in Scheme 4.
  • step (k) alcohol is then displaced by chloro by treating the compound of formula XXII with thionyl chloride to produce compound of formula XXIII via reaction of step (k). Any conventional method to displace alcohol with halo can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
  • the compound of formula XXIV is converted to the compound of formula XXV via reaction of step (m) by alkylating the compound of formula XXIV with the compound of formula X in the presence of alkali metal silyl amide as base (eg. lithium hexamethyldisilane or sodium hexamethyldisilane). This reaction is carried out in the same manner as described in connection with reaction of step (c) of Scheme 1.
  • alkali metal silyl amide as base eg. lithium hexamethyldisilane or sodium hexamethyldisilane.
  • the compound of formula XXV is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H.
  • R 1 is hydrogen on alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms
  • R 9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • Q is OR 1 where R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbons can be prepared from the compound of formula VIII, via the reaction scheme in Scheme 5.
  • R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula VIII is converted to compound of formula XXVI by selective bromination of the methyl ketone moiety via reaction of step (n) by treating the compound of formula VIII with CuBr 2 . Any selective bromination conditions to convert methyl ketone to 1-bromoketone can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (n).
  • the compound of formula XXVI can be converted to compound of formula XXVIII via reaction of step (O) by treating the compound of formula XXVI with the sodium salt of compound of formula XXVII in ethanol. Any conventional conditions for this alkylation reaction can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
  • the compound of formula XXIX is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H.
  • the compound of formula XXIX can be converted to compound of formula XXXI where R 7 is an alkyl chain having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (q).
  • the compound of formula XXXI is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl chain having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • R 9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and R 1 is ethyl can be prepared from the compound of formula LX, via the reaction scheme in Scheme 6.
  • step of (q′) the compound of formula LXI is hydrolyzed to produce the compound of formula LXII in the same manner as described in connection with the reaction of step (f) in Scheme 3.
  • the compound of formula LXV is the compound of formula 1 where R 1 is ethyl.
  • R 9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and R 1 is ethyl can be prepared from the compound of formula LX via the reaction scheme in Scheme 7.
  • step of (u′) the compound of formula LXVI is hydrolyzed to produce the compound of formula LXVII in the same manner as described in the reaction of step (f) in Scheme 3.
  • the compound of formula LXIX is the compound of formula 1 where R 1 is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • R 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Y 1 is chloro.
  • the compound of formula XXIV is converted to compound of formula LXX by selective bromination of the methyl ketone moiety via reaction of step (x′) by treating the compound of formula XXIV with CuBr 2 . Any selective bromination conditions to convert methyl ketone to 1-bromoketone can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (x′).
  • the compound of formula LXX can be converted to the compound of formula LXXI via reaction of step (y′) by treating the compound of formula LXX with the sodium salt of compound of formula XXVII in ethanol. Any conventional conditions can be utilized to carry out alkylation reaction.
  • the compound of formula LXXI is converted to the compound of formula LXXII via reaction of step (z′) by de-esterification employing 4 equiv. of sodium hydroxide. This indicated an initial mono de-esterification followed by slow hydrolysis of the remaining ethyl ester. Removal of solvent and incubation of the residue in acetic acid produced the compound of formula LXXII.
  • the compound of formula LXXII is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H.
  • the compound of formula LXXII can be converted to compound of formula LXXIII where R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (a′′).
  • the compound of formula LXXIII is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • R 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula LXXIV can be prepared according to method described in Murphy et al J.C.S. Perkin 1, 1980, 1555-1566.
  • the compound of formula LXXIV can be alkylated to produce compound of formula LXXV via reaction of step (b′′) employing either compound of formula VII using same method as described in the connection of reaction step of (a) in Scheme 1 or compound of formula 1 ⁇ using potassium carbonate as the base for alkylation.
  • the reaction is carried out in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (1) in Scheme 4.
  • step (c′′) The compound of formula LXXV is then selectively brominated at 0° C. using 30 wt % HBr in acetic acid dropwise to produce compound of formula LXXVI via reaction of step (c′′). Any conventional method to convert selectively substituted acetone to 1-Bromoacetone can be utilized to carry out this reaction of step (c′′).
  • step (e′′) The compound of formula LXXVII is converted to compound of formula LXXVIII via reaction of step (e′′) by de-esterification employing 4 equiv. of sodium hydroxide. Initial mono de-esterification followed by slow hydrolysis of the remaining ethyl ester was observed. Removal of solvent and incubation of the residue in acetic acid produced the compound of formula LXXVIII.
  • the compound of formula LXXVIII is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H.
  • the compound of formula LXXVIII can be converted to compound of formula LXXIX where R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (f′′).
  • the compound of formula LXXIX is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • R 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Y 1 is chloro.
  • the compound of formula LXXIV can be prepared according to method described in Murphy et. al. J.C.S. Perkin 1, 1980, 1555-1566.
  • step (h′′) The compound of formula LXXX is then selectively brominated at 0° C. using 30 wt % HBr in acetic acid dropwise to produce compound of formula LXXXI via reaction of step (h′′). Any conventional method to convert substituted acetone to 1-Bromoacetone can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (h′′).
  • the compound of formula LXXXIII can be converted to compound of formula LXXXIV where R 7 is an alkyl chain having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (k′′).
  • the compound of formula LXXXIV is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms
  • R 12 and R 13 is independently hydrogen or methyl
  • the compound of formula LXXV is converted to compound of formula LXXXV via reaction of step (1′′) by selectively alkylating the compound of formula LXXV with the compound of formula X.
  • This reaction is carried out utilizing a conventional base which converts substituted ketone to gamma-keto ester. In carrying out this reaction it is generally preferred to utilize lithium diisopropylamide as base. Alkylation will occur at the less hindered methyl group. Generally this reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or 1,2-dimethoxyethane at ⁇ 78° C.
  • the compound of formula LXXXV is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula LXXXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H.
  • R 9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and R 1 is ethyl
  • R 9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and R 1 is ethyl
  • step of (n′′) the compound of formula LXXXVI is hydrolyzed to produce the compound of formula LXXXVII. Any conventional method of basic hydrolysis to hydrolyze ester can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
  • the compound of formula LXXXVII is converted to acid chloride of formula LXXXVIII via reaction of step (o′′) by reaction with thionyl chloride. Any of the conventional method of converting acid to acid halide can be utilized to carry out the reaction.
  • the compound of formula XVII is reacted with the compound of formula LXXXVIII to produce the compound of formula LXXXIX via reaction of step (p′′). Any conventional base can be used to carry out this reaction with the preferred base being pyridine. Any conventional conditions to carry out the reaction of step (p′′) can be utilized.
  • the compound of formula LXXXIX is the compound of formula I where R 1 is ethyl.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms
  • R 12 and R 13 is independently hydrogen or methyl
  • R 9 , R 12 , R 13 , R 5 , A, t, and n are as above.
  • R 6 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula LXXX is converted to compound of formula XC via reaction of step (q′′) by alkylating the compound of formula LXXX with the compound of formula X.
  • This reaction is carried out utilizing a conventional base which converts ketone to 3-keto ester. In carrying out this reaction it is generally preferred to utilize lithium diisopropylamide as base. Alkylation will occur at the less hindered methyl group. Generally this reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or 1,2-dimethoxyethane at ⁇ 78° C.
  • the compound of formula XC is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XC can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H.
  • m is 0, r is 1, q is 0, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, R 4 is —NHCO 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —NHCH 3 , or —NHCH 2 CH 3 , i.e. the compounds of formula:
  • R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • R 8 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
  • Y 1 is halo preferably bromo.
  • the compound of formula XXXIII is compound of formula II where R 4 is —NHCO 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 and R 1 is ethyl.
  • the compound of formula XXXIII can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula II where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula II where R 1 is H and R 4 is —NHCO 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 .
  • the compound of formula XXXIII is converted to compound of formula XXXV first via reaction of step (s) by deprotecting t-butoxy group using trifluoroacetic acid and replacing by lower alkyl having 1 to 2 carbon atoms via reaction of step (t). Any conventional method to condense amine with alkyl halide can be used to carry out this reaction.
  • the compound of formula XXXV is compound of formula II where R 4 is an amine having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and R 1 is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XXXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula XXXVI where R 1 is H by basic hydrolysis via reaction of step (u).
  • the compound of formula XXXVI is compound of formula II where R 4 is —NHCH 3 or —NHCH 2 CH 3 and R 1 is H.
  • the compound of formula XXXVI can be converted to compound of formula XXXVII where R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (v).
  • the compound of formula XXXVII is compound of formula II where R 1 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and R 4 is —NHCH 3 or —NHCH 2 CH 3 .
  • A is as above, can be prepared from the compound of formula VIII, wherein t, n and A are as above, via the reaction scheme in Scheme 15.
  • R 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XLI is the compound of formula II where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XLI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula II where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula II where R 1 is H.
  • Y is a leaving group such as halide, mesyloxy or tosyloxy.
  • Y 1 is halo preferably bromo.
  • the compound of formula XLII is converted to compound of formula XLIII via the reaction of step (y) by selective displacement of hydroxyl group of primary alcohol by halogen.
  • Any conventional halogenating agent can be utilized to carry out this reaction with the preferred halogenating agent being phosphorous tribromide. This reaction is carried out in low temperature. Any conditions conventional for this method can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (y).
  • the compound of formula XLIII was used immediately without further purification.
  • Y is a leaving group such as halide, mesyloxy or tosyloxy.
  • Y 1 is halo preferably bromo.
  • R 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • step (c′) The compound of formula XLVI is converted to compound of formula XLVII via reaction of step (c′). This reaction is carried out in the same manner as described in the reaction of step (a) or (b) in Scheme 1.
  • the compound of formula XLVII is the compound of formula II where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XLVII can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula II where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula II where R 1 is H.
  • r is 0, m is 1, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula:
  • R 4 is —NHCO 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —NHCH 3 , —NHCH 2 CH 3 , can be prepared from the compound of formula XLIII via reaction scheme in Scheme 17.
  • Y is a leaving group such as halide, mesyloxy or tosyloxy.
  • R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and R 8 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
  • Y 1 is halo preferably bromo.
  • the compound of formula XLIX is produced by reacting compound of formula XLVIII with compound of formula VII or IX. This reaction is carried out in the same manner as described in the reaction of step (a) or (b) in Scheme 1.
  • the compound of formula XLIX is compound of formula II where R 4 is —NHCO 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 and R 1 is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XLIX can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula II where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula II where R is H and R 4 is —NHCO 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 .
  • step (f′) The compound of formula XLIX is converted to compound of formula L first via reaction of step (f′) by deprotecting t-butoxy group using trifluoroacetic acid and replacing by lower alkyl containing from 1 to 2 carbon atoms via reaction of step (g′). Any conventional method to condense amine with alkyl halide can be used to carry out this reaction.
  • the compound of formula L is compound of formula II where R 4 is an amine having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and R 1 is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula L can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula LI where R 1 is H by basic hydrolysis via reaction of step (h′).
  • the compound of formula LI is compound of formula II where R 4 is —NHCH 3 or —NHCH 2 CH 3 and R 1 is H. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula II where R 1 is H.
  • the compound of formula LI can be converted to compound of formula LII where R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent.
  • the compound of formula LII is compound of formula II where R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and R 4 is —NHCH 3 or —NHCH 2 CH 3 .
  • n 1 or 2 and A is as above, can be prepared from the compound of formula LIII, via reaction scheme in Scheme 18, wherein n, A and Y are as above.
  • the compound of formula LIV is converted to the compound of formula III via reaction of step (k′) by heating the compound of formula LIV with sodium azide in the presence of ammonium chloride in dimethylformamide. Any conventional conditions to convert nitrile to terazole can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
  • R 1 is as above, can be prepared from 2′,6′-difluoroacetophenone via reaction scheme in Scheme 19.
  • R 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula LVI is the compound of formula IV where R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula LVI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula IV where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula IV where R 1 is H.
  • n A are as above.
  • Y is a leaving group such as halide, mesyloxy or tosyloxy.
  • R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and R 8 is an alkyl group having from 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
  • step (m′) The compound of formula VII is reacted with compound of formula LVII via reaction of step (m′) in the presence of freshly prepared sodium alkoxide at room temperature to produce compound of formula LVIII. Any conventional conditions for this alkylation reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction.
  • the compound of formula LVIII is the compound of formula V where R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula LVIII can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula V where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis via reaction of step (n′). Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula V where R 1 is H.
  • the compound of formula LVIII can be converted to compound of formula LIX where R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (o′).
  • the compound of formula LIX is the compound of formula V where R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XI can be converted to the compound of formula XCII via reaction step (s′′) by treating the compound of formula XI with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in an organic solvent, for example ethanol, tetrahydrofuran or the like.
  • organic solvent for example ethanol, tetrahydrofuran or the like.
  • the reaction is carried out using organic base for example, potassium hydroxide or the like. Any conditions conventional for the synthesis of hydroxamic acids can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
  • the compound of formula XI is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 1.
  • the compound of formula XI is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • [0326] can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • the compound of formula XI can be converted to compound of formula XCIII via reaction step (t′′) by first activating by for example, benzotriazole-1-yloxytrispyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or the like in an organic solvent, for example, methylene chloride, N,N-dimethylformamide or the like followed by addition of aqueous ammonium hydroxide or ammonia.
  • organic base for example, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or the like.
  • Q is NR 10 R 11 where R 10 and R 11 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XI is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 1.
  • the compound of formula XI is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • the compound of formula XI can be converted to the compound of formula XCIV either by first reacting with a chlorinating reagent for example, thionyl chloride or the like then reacting acid halide with corresponding amine. Any conventional method of condensing amine with an acid halide can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (u′′) or by condensing corresponding amine with the compound of formula XI using 1,3-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as condensing agent.
  • step (u′′) Any conventional method of condensing amine with an acid can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (u′′).
  • R 6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XXV is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 4.
  • the compound of formula XXV is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • the compound of formula XXV can be converted to the compound of formula XCVI via reaction step (w′′) in the same manner as described in step (t′′) of reaction scheme 21.
  • Q is NR 10 R 11 where R 10 and R 1 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 is H.
  • the compound of formula XXV is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 4.
  • the compound of formula XXV is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • the compound of formula XXV can be converted to the compound of formula XCVII via reaction step (x′′) in the same manner as described in step (u′′) of reaction scheme 21.
  • R 6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula LXXXV is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 11.
  • the compound of formula LXXXV is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula LXXXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • the compound of formula LXXXV can be converted to the compound of formula XCIX via reaction step (z′′) in the same manner as described in reaction step (t′′) of reaction scheme 21.
  • Q is NR 10 R 11 where R 10 and R 11 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 is H.
  • R 6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula LXXXV is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 11.
  • the compound of formula LXXXV is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula LXXXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • the compound of formula XC is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 13.
  • the compound of formula XC is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XC can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • the compound of formula XC can be converted to the compound of formula CIII via reaction step (c′′′) in the same manner as described in step (t′′) of reaction scheme 21.
  • Q is NR 10 R 11 where R 10 and R 11 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 is H.
  • R 6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XC is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 13.
  • the compound of formula XC is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XC can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • the compound of formula XC can be converted to the compound of formula CIV via reaction step (d′′′) in the same manner as described in step (u′′) of reaction scheme 21.
  • R 6 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XI can be converted to compound of formula CV via reaction step (e′′′), by treating the compound of formula XI with bromine or the like in an organic solvent, for example ether, carbon tetrachloride with the preferred organic solvent being ether.
  • an organic solvent for example ether, carbon tetrachloride with the preferred organic solvent being ether.
  • reaction temperature ice cooling to room temperature can be used with the preferred being ice cooling.
  • the compound of formula CV can be converted to the compound of formula CVI via reaction step (f′′′), by dehydrobromination.
  • the reaction is carried out using conventional base preferred base being triethylamine or the like in an organic solvent for example carbon tetrachloride or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in dehydrobromination can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (f′′).
  • the compound of formula CVI is the compound of formula V′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula CVI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula V′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula V′ where R 1 is H.
  • R 1 is H.
  • R 6 is an alkyl group having Ito 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XI is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 1.
  • the compound of formula XI is the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula XI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula I′ where R 1 is H.
  • the compound of formula XI is converted to compound of formula CVII via reaction step (g′′′) via Wolff-Kishner reduction by treating the compound of formula XI with hydrazine hydrate and potassium hydroxide in an organic solvent for example, ethylene glycol or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in Wolff-Kishner reductions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (g′′′).
  • R 9 is a hydrogen atom
  • t is 1
  • R 6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms
  • a and n are as described above.
  • the compound of formula XI can be converted to the compound of formula CVIII via reaction step (h′′′) by selectively reducing ketone group to an alcohol.
  • This reaction is carried out utilizing conventional reducing agents for example, sodium borohydride in ethanol, Bis-3-methyl-2-butyl-borane in tetahydrofuran or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such selective reduction reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (h′′′).
  • the compound of formula CVIII can be converted to compound of formula CIX via reaction step (i′′′) by bromination of compound of formula CVIII with brominating reagents for example, phosphorous tribromide in tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, hydrogen bromide in acetic acid or dioxane, carbon tetrabromide and bis-(1,2-diphenylphosphino)ethane or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such bromination reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (i′′′).
  • brominating reagents for example, phosphorous tribromide in tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, hydrogen bromide in acetic acid or dioxane, carbon tetrabromide and bis-(1,2-diphenylphosphino)ethane or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such bromination reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (i′′′).
  • the compound of formula CIX can be converted to the compound of formula CX via reaction step (j′′′), by dehydrobromination.
  • the reaction is carried out using conventional base preferred base being triethylamine or the like in an organic solvent for example carbon tetrachloride or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such dehydrobromination reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (j′′′).
  • the compound of formula CX is the compound of formula XCI where R 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula CX can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula XCI where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula XCI where R 1 is H.
  • [0426] can be prepared by reacting the compound of the formula
  • the compound of formula CXI can be converted to compound of formula CXIII via reaction step (k′′′) by treating compound of formula CXI with condensing agent, for example diethyl cyanophosphate, 1-ethyl-3-(3′-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide or the like in an organic solvent, for example, methylene chloride, N,N-dimethylformamide followed by addition of compound of formula CXII.
  • condensing agent for example diethyl cyanophosphate, 1-ethyl-3-(3′-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide or the like
  • organic solvent for example, methylene chloride, N,N-dimethylformamide followed by addition of compound of formula CXII.
  • the reaction temperature can be from 0° C. to room temperature.
  • the compound of formula CXIII can be converted to the compound of formula CXIV via reaction of step (I′′′) by alkylating the compound of formula CXIII with the compound of formula X. This reaction is carried out in the same manner as described in the reaction step (c) of reaction scheme 1.
  • the compound of formula CXIV is the compound of formula CXVII where R 9 is an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, halogen atom.
  • R 9 can be converted to hydroxy via demethylation by using for example, boron tribromide in methylene chloride or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such demethylation reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction.
  • the compound of formula CXIV is the compound of formula CXVII where R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the compound of formula CXIV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula CXVII where R 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula CXVII where R 1 is H.
  • Compounds of general formula CXI can be prepared by etherification of compound of formula CI by using alkyl halide followed by an ester hydrolysis.
  • R 16 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 9 is a hydroxyl group.
  • the reaction between compound of formula CI and alkyl halide can be carried like in an organic solvent, for example N,N-dimethylformamide or the like, using base, for example potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such alkylation reactions can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
  • Ester hydrolysis can be conducted under acidic conditions for example, hydrochloric acid or hydrochloric acid mixed with organic solvent for example, ethanol or using acetic acid or the like. The reaction can be carried out at room temperature to solvent refluxing temperature. Any conventional conditions for acidic ester hydrolysis can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
  • ester hydrolysis can be carried out using basic conditions, for example, in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide or a mixed solution of sodium hydroxide in an organic solvent for example, ethanol or the like. Any conditions conventional for basic hydrolysis can be utilized to carry out this reaction
  • Compounds of general formula CXII can be prepared by reacting compound of formula VII with chlorinating agent for example, trimethylsilyl chloride, thionyl chloride or the like in an organic solvent for example, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide or the like.
  • chlorinating agent for example, trimethylsilyl chloride, thionyl chloride or the like
  • organic solvent for example, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide or the like.
  • the reaction temperature can be room temperature to organic refluxing temperature. Any conditions conventional for chlorination reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction.
  • the chloromethyl intermediate was converted to compound of formula CXII via Gabriel synthesis by treating chloromethyl intermediate with potassium phthalimide in an organic solvent for example, N,N-dimethylformamide, dioxane or the like.
  • the phthalimide is then reacted with hydrazine by an exchange reaction in an organic solvent for example, ethanol, dioxane or the like to produce the compound of formula CXII.
  • Any of the conditions conventionally used in the Gabriel synthesis can be utilized to carry out the reaction.
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2-Methoxybenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2-methoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Methoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 3-((4-hydroxyphenyl)-methylthio)propionate:
  • Step C Preparation of Ethyl 3-((4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methylthio)propionate:
  • Step D Preparation of 3-((4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methylthio)propionic acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(3-Fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(3-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(4-Fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(4-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-((2-Pyridinyl)-methoxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-((2-pyridinyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-((2-Pyridinyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(Benzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-chlorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Chlorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2-(2-fluorophenyl)ethoxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-(2-fluorophenyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(2-(2-Fluorophenyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 95:5 spiked with acetic acid) to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 2-Fluorobenzyl methanesulfonate:
  • Step B Preparation of 2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)-ethanol:
  • Step C Preparation of 2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)-ethyl chloride:
  • Step D Preparation of 4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)ethoxy)acetophenone:
  • Step E Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-[4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl]-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step F Preparation of 4-[4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl]-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 3-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(3-(2-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(3-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 3-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2-(2-thienyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(2-(2-Thienyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,5-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(2,5-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2,5-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,5-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(2,5-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours, acidified with 1 M HCl and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude mixture was taken in chloroform and washed with water.
  • the aqueous layer was washed one more time with chloroform.
  • the combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • the purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 95:5 spiked with acetic acid) to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2,4-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,4-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(2,4-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 3-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-((cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 3-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)-methylthio]propionate:
  • Step C Preparation of Ethyl 3-[(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl) methylthio]propionate:
  • Step D Preparation of 3-[(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methylthio]propionic acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 2-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(2-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(2-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)benzylate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)benzylic acid:
  • Step D preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)benzylcarbonyl chloride:
  • Step E Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-3-oxobutyrate:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of 2-Bromo-1-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-1-Ethanone:
  • Step C Preparation of 3-(2-(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl)thio-1H-1,2,4-triazole:
  • Step A Preparation of (4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-acetonitrile:
  • Step B Preparation of 5-((4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methyl)-1H-tetrazole:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of 2-Bromo-1-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-1-Ethanone:
  • Step C Preparation of Ethyl (2RS) 2-(N-Boc)-3-[2-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl]thiopropionate:
  • Step D Preparation of (2RS) 2-(N-Boc)-3-[2-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl]thiopropionic acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 2-Hydroxy-4-oxo-4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl) but-2-enoate:
  • Step A Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of 2-Bromo-1-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-1-Ethanone:
  • Step C Preparation of Diethyl (N-Acetyl)(2-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl)propanedioate:
  • Step D Preparation of (2RS) 2-(N-Acetyl)-4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 3-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(3-((cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(3-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step B Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step C Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step D Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours and then acidified with 1M HCl. The occuring white precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried under vacuum to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • Step B Preparation of 2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyl Alcohol:
  • Step C Preparation of 3-(2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step D Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step E Preparation of 4-(3-(2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step B Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step C Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step B Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step C Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step D Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step E Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid Sodium salt: The 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid (Step D, 5.5 g, 17.6 mmol) was dissolved in abs ethanol (20 ml) by warming gently followed by addition of NaOH (0.705 g) at 0° C. temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for one hour, concentrated in vaccuo and lyophilized to give as a white solid.
  • Step B Preparation of 4-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step C Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step D Preparation of 4-(4-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step B Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step C Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step D Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step E Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid Potassium salt: The 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid (Step D, 6.0 g, 19.4 mmol) was dissolved in abs ethanol (20 ml) by warming gently followed by addition of KOH (1.21 g) at 0° C. temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for one hour, concentrated in vaccuo and lyophilized to give the title compound as white solid.
  • Step A Preparation of 2,6-Dimethoxylbenzyl Alcohol:
  • Step B Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethoxybenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step C Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step D Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-dimethoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step B Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step C Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2,2-dimethylbutyrate:
  • Step D Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2,2-dimethylbutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 3-(4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:
  • Step C Preparation of 4-(3-(4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • Step A Preparation of 3-((Cyclobutyl)-methoxy)acetophenone:
  • Step B Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-((cyclobutyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate:

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Pest Control & Pesticides (AREA)
  • Environmental Sciences (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Dentistry (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Agronomy & Crop Science (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds useful for the treatment of various metabolic disorders, such as insulin resistance syndrome, diabetes, hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, cachexia, obesity, atherosclerosis and arteriosclerosis, are disclosed.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO PRIOR APPLICATIONS
  • This is a continutation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/167,839, filed Jun. 12, 2002, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference. This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/297,282, filed Jun. 12, 2001, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.[0001]
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Diabetes mellitus is a major cause of morbidity and mortality. Chronically elevated blood glucose leads to debilitating complications: nephropathy, often necessitating dialysis or renal transplant; peripheral neuropathy; retinopathy leading to blindness; ulceration of the legs and feet, leading to amputation; fatty liver disease, sometimes progressing to cirrhosis; and vulnerability to coronary artery disease and myocardial infarction. [0002]
  • There are two primary types of diabetes. Type I, or insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) is due to autoimmune destruction of insulin-producing beta cells in the pancreatic islets. The onset of this disease is usually in childhood or adolescence. Treatment consists primarily of multiple daily injections of insulin, combined with frequent testing of blood glucose levels to guide adjustment of insulin doses, because excess insulin can cause hypoglycemia and consequent impairment of brain and other functions. Type II, or noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) typically develops in adulthood. NIDDM is associated with resistance of glucose-utilizing tissues like adipose tissue, muscle, and liver, to the actions of insulin. Initially, the pancreatic islet beta cells compensate by secreting excess insulin. Eventual islet failure results in decompensation and chronic hyperglycemia. Conversely, moderate islet insufficiency can precede or coincide with peripheral insulin resistance. There are several classes of drugs that are useful for treatment of NIDDM: 1) insulin releasers, which directly stimulate insulin release, carrying the risk of hypoglycemia; 2) prandial insulin releasers, which potentiate glucose-induced insulin secretion, and must be taken before each meal; 3) biguanides, including metformin, which attenuate hepatic gluconeogenesis (which is paradoxically elevated in diabetes); 4) insulin sensitizers, for example the thiazolidinedione derivatives rosiglitazone and pioglitazone, which improve peripheral responsiveness to insulin, but which have side effects like weight gain, edema, and occasional liver toxicity; 5) insulin injections, which are often necessary in the later stages of NIDDM when the islets have failed under chronic hyperstimulation. [0003]
  • Insulin resistance can also occur without marked hyperglycemia, and is generally associated with atherosclerosis, obesity, hyperlipidemia, and essential hypertension. This cluster of abnormalities constitutes the “metabolic syndrome” or “insulin resistance syndrome”. Insulin resistance is also associated with fatty liver, which can progress to chronic inflammation (NASH; “nonalcoholic steatohepatitis”), fibrosis, and cirrhosis. Cumulatively, insulin resistance syndromes, including but not limited to diabetes, underlie many of the major causes of morbidity and death of people over age 40. [0004]
  • Despite the existence of such drugs, diabetes remains a major and growing public health problem. Late stage complications of diabetes consume a large proportion of national health care resources. There is a need for new orally active therapeutic agents which effectively address the primary defects of insulin resistance and islet failure with fewer or milder side effects than existing drugs. [0005]
  • Currently there are no safe and effective treatments for fatty liver disease. Therefore such a treatment would be of value in treating this condition. [0006]
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula: [0007]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00001
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1; q is 0 or 1; tis 0 or 1; R[0008] 5 is alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
  • A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula I by a ring carbon; and X is —CH[0009] 2—, Q is —OR1 and R1 is ethyl; or X is —CH2CR12R13—or —CH2CH(NHAc)—wherein each of R12 and R13 is independently hydrogen or methyl, Q is OR1 and R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; or X is —CH2CH2— and Q is NR10R11 wherein one of R10 and R1 is hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms or hydroxy, and the other is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula: [0010]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00002
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; t is 0 or 1; m is 0 and r is 1, or m is 1 and r is 0; A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula II by a ring carbon; Z is [0011]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00003
  • R[0012] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; R4 is hydrogen; —NHCOOC(CH3)3; —NHCH3; or —NHCH2CH3; or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula: [0013]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00004
  • wherein [0014]
  • n is 1 or 2; A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein one or both ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula III by a ring carbon. [0015]
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula: [0016]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00005
  • wherein R[0017] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula: [0018]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00006
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; R[0019] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; R14 is hydroxy or hydrogen; and A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula V′ by a ring carbon;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound. [0020]
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula: [0021]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00007
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; R[0022] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; and A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula XCI by a ring carbon; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula: [0023]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00008
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; R[0024] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; and A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula CXVI by a ring carbon; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • This invention provides a biologically active agent, wherein the agent is a compound of the formula: [0025]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00009
  • wherein n is 0, 1 or 2; R[0026] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; R15 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; R9 is hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, or alkoxy having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula CXVII by a ring carbon;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound. [0027]
  • The biologically active agents described above have activity in one or more of the biological activity assays described below, which are established animal models of human diabetes and insulin resistance syndrome. Therefore such agents would be useful in the treatment of diabetes and insulin resistance syndrome. All of the exemplified compounds that were tested demonstrated activity in the biological activity assay or assays in which they were tested. [0028]
  • This invention provides the use of the biologically active agents described above in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of insulin resistance syndrome, diabetes, cachexia, hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, obesity, atherosclerosis or arteriosclerosis. This invention also provides methods of treating a mammalian subject with insulin resistance syndrome, diabetes, cachexia, hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, obesity, atherosclerosis or arteriosclerosis comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a biologically active agent in accordance with this invention. This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a biologically active agent of this invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. [0029]
  • This invention provides certain novel intermediates, which are useful in producing the biologically active agents of this invention. The invention also provides processes of producing the biologically active agents and intermediates. [0030]
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1: Serum insulin levels in high fat-fed C57B1/6J mice receiving vehicle (negative control), Compound BI, Compound BL, Wy14643 or rosiglitazone. [0031]
  • FIG. 2: Serum leptin levels in high fat-fed C57B1/6J mice receiving vehicle (negative control), Compound BI, Compound BL, Wy14643 or rosiglitazone.[0032]
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Definitions [0033]
  • As used herein the term “alkyl” means a linear or branched-chain alkyl group. An alkyl group identified as having a certain number of carbon atoms means any alkyl group having the specified number of carbons. For example, an alkyl having three carbon atoms can be propyl or isopropyl; and alkyl having four carbon atoms can be n-butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl or t-butyl. [0034]
  • As used herein the term “halo” refers to one or more of fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo. [0035]
  • As used herein the term “perfluoro” as in perfluoromethyl or perfluoromethoxy, means that the group in question has fluorine atoms in place of all of the hydrogen atoms. [0036]
  • As used herein “Ac” refers to the group CH[0037] 3C(O)—.
  • Examples of the biologically active compounds of the instant invention are listed below. These compounds are referred to herein by their chemical name or by the two-letter code shown below. [0038]
  • AA 4-(4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0039]
  • AB 4-(4-(2-Methoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0040]
  • AC 3-[(4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methylthio]propionic acid; [0041]
  • AD 4-(4-(3-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0042]
  • AE 4-(4-(4-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0043]
  • AF 4-(4-((2-Pyridinyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0044]
  • AG 4-(4-(Benzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0045]
  • AH 4-(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0046]
  • AI 4-(4-(2-Chlorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0047]
  • AJ 4-(4-(2-(2-Fluorophenyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0048]
  • AK Ethyl 4-(4-(2-fluorobenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate; [0049]
  • AL 4-(4-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0050]
  • AM 4-[4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl]-4-oxobutyric acid; [0051]
  • AN 4-(3-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0052]
  • AO Ethyl 4-(3-(2-fluorobenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate; [0053]
  • AP Ethyl 4-(4-(2-methylbenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate; [0054]
  • AQ Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate; [0055]
  • AR 4-(4-(2-(2-Thienyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0056]
  • AS 4-(2,6-Difluorophenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0057]
  • AT 4-(4-(2,5-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0058]
  • AU 4-(4-(2,5-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0059]
  • AV 4-(4-(2,4-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0060]
  • AW 4-(3-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0061]
  • AX 4-(4-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0062]
  • AY 4-(4-(2-Trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0063]
  • AZ 3-[(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methylthio]propionic acid; [0064]
  • BA 4-(2-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0065]
  • BB Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-3-oxobutyrate; [0066]
  • BC 3-(2-(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl)thio-1H-1,2,4-triazole; [0067]
  • BD 5-[(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methyl]-1H-tetrazole; [0068]
  • BE (2RS) 2-(N-Boc)-3-[2-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl]thiopropionic acid; [0069]
  • BF Ethyl 2-Hydroxy-4-oxo-4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl) but-2-enoate; [0070]
  • BG (2RS) 2-(N-Acetyl)-4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0071]
  • BH 4-(3-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0072]
  • BI 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0073]
  • BJ 4-(3-(2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0074]
  • BK Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate; [0075]
  • BL 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid Sodium salt; [0076]
  • BM 4-(4-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0077]
  • BN 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid Potassium salt; [0078]
  • BO 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0079]
  • BP 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2,2-dimethylbutyric acid; [0080]
  • BQ 4-(3-(4-Trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0081]
  • BR 4-(3-((Cyclobutyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid; [0082]
  • BS 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)butyric acid; [0083]
  • BT 4-[[4-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)-3-methoxy]phenyl]-4-oxobutyric acid; [0084]
  • BU 4-{3-[((4-Trifluoromethylbenzylamino)-carbonyl)-4-methoxy]phenyl}-4-oxobutyric acid; [0085]
  • BV 4-{3-[((2,6-Dimethyllbenzylamino)-carbonyl)-4-methoxy]phenyl}-4-oxobutyric acid; [0086]
  • BW 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutanecarbohydroxamic acid; [0087]
  • BX 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyramride; [0088]
  • BY 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2-butenoic acid; and [0089]
  • BZ 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-3-butenoic acid. [0090]
  • As used herein the transitional term “comprising” is open-ended. A claim utilizing this term can contain elements in addition to those recited in such claim. [0091]
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVE COMPOUNDS
  • In an embodiment of the agent of Formula I′, the agent is a compound of the formula: [0092]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00010
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1; q is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; R[0093] 5 is alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula I by a ring carbon; and X is —CH2— and R1 is ethyl; or X is —CH2CH2— or —CH2CH(NHAc)- and R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • In different embodiments of the agent of Formula I, R[0094] 1 is hydrogen or ethyl; q is 0; or X is —CH2CH2—
  • In another embodiment of the agent of Formula I, A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy each halo is independently fluoro or chloro. In a specific embodiment each halo substituent on phenyl ring A is fluoro. In a more specific embodiment phenyl ring A is substituted by 2 fluoro groups. In a specific embodiment the alkyl, perluoroalkyl, alkoxy or perfluoroalkoxy has 1 carbon atom. [0095]
  • In another embodiment of the agent of Formula I, A is cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl. In a specific embodiment the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or both ring carbons adjacent to the ring carbon covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula I are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl. In a more specific embodiment A is unsubstituted cyclopropyl. [0096]
  • In another embodiment of the agent of Formula I, q is 1 and R[0097] 5 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment the agent is a compound of the formula: [0098]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00011
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1; q is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; R[0099] 2 and R3 are each independently selected from hydrogen, halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; R5 is alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; and X is —CH2— and R1 is ethyl; or X is —CH2CH2— or —CH2CH(NHAc)— and R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound. In a more specific embodiment R1 is hydrogen or ethyl. Examples of compounds of Formula IA include Compound AM and Compound BG.
  • In a specific embodiment the agent is a compound of the formula: [0100]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00012
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1; p is 1 and R[0101] 1 is ethyl; or p is 2 and R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; R2 and R3 are each independently selected from hydrogen, halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound. In a more specific embodiment R1 is hydrogen or ethyl. In a still more specific embodiment one of R2 and R3 is hydrogen or halo and the other is halo. Examples of such compounds include Compound AD, Compound AE and Compound AI. In another still more specific embodiment R2 is fluoro and R3 is hydrogen. Examples of such compounds include Compound AA, Compound AJ, Compound AK, and Compound AO. In another still more specific embodiment R2 is fluoro and R3 is fluoro. Examples of such compounds include Compound AU, Compound AV and Compound BB.
  • In a more specific embodiment the agent is a compound of the formula: [0102]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00013
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; m is 0; R[0103] 1 is H or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound. Examples of such compounds include Compound AH, Compound AQ, Compound AW and Compound BA.
  • In a still more specific embodiment one of R[0104] 2 and R3 is methyl, methoxy or perfluoromethyl and the other is hydrogen or methyl. In one embodiment R2 is methyl, methoxy or perfluoromethyl and R3 is hydrogen. Examples of such compounds include Compound AB, Compound AL, Compound AN, Compound AP and Compound AY. In another embodiment R2 is methyl and R3 is methyl. Examples of such compounds include Compound AT and Compound BI. In another embodiment R2 is hydrogen and R3 is hydrogen. Examples of such compounds include Compound AG.
  • In another embodiment the agent is a compound of the formula: [0105]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00014
  • wherein R[0106] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound. In a specific embodiment R1 is hydrogen or ethyl. Examples of such compounds include Compound AX and Compound BH.
  • In another embodiment the agent is a compound of the formula: [0107]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00015
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; R[0108] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; and Het is a or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula IC by a ring carbon. In a specific embodiment R1 is hydrogen or ethyl. Examples of such compounds include Compound AF and Compound AR.
  • In an embodiment of the agent of Formula II, A is cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or both of the ring carbons adjacent to the remainder of the compound of formula II are mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl. In another embodiment of the agent of Formula II, A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: fluoro, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy. [0109]
  • In another embodiment, the agent is a compound of the formula: [0110]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00016
  • wherein m is 0 or 1; r is 0 or 1; Z is [0111]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00017
  • R[0112] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; R4 is hydrogen; —NHCOOC(CH3)3; —NHCH3; or —NHCH2CH3; R3 is hydrogen or halo; or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound. In a specific embodiment R1 is hydrogen or ethyl. Examples of such compounds include Compound AC, Compound AZ, Compound BC and Compound BE.
  • In an embodiment of the agent of Formula III, A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy. Examples of such compounds include Compound BD. [0113]
  • In an embodiment of the agent of Formula IV, R[0114] 1 is hydrogen or ethyl. Examples of such compounds include Compound AS.
  • In an embodiment of the agent of Formula V′, the agent is a compound of the formula: [0115]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00018
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; R[0116] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; or cycloalkyl having from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms wherein the cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or one or two ring carbons are independently mono-substituted by methyl or ethyl; or a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and the heteroaromatic ring is covalently bound to the remainder of the compound of formula I by a ring carbon; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
  • In an embodiment of the agent of Formula V, the agent is a compound of the formula: [0117]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00019
  • wherein n is 1 or 2; R[0118] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; R2 and R3 are each independently selected from hydrogen, halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound. In a specific embodiment R1 is hydrogen or ethyl. Examples of such compounds include Compound BF.
  • Use in Methods of Treatment [0119]
  • This invention provides a method for treating a mammalian subject with a condition selected from the group consisting of insulin resistance syndrome and diabetes (both primary essential diabetes such as Type I Diabetes or Type II Diabetes and secondary nonessential diabetes), comprising administering to the subject an amount of a biologically active agent as described herein effective to treat the condition. In accordance with the method of this invention a symptom of diabetes or the chance of developing a symptom of diabetes, such as atherosclerosis, obesity, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, nephropathy, neuropathy, retinopathy, foot ulceration and cataracts, each such symptom being associated with diabetes, can be reduced. This invention also provides a method for treating hyperlipidemia comprising administering to the subject an amount of a biologically active agent as described herein effective to treat the condition. As shown in the Examples, compounds reduce serum triglycerides and free fatty acids in hyperlipidemic animals. This invention also provides a method for treating cachexia comprising administering to the subject an amount of a biologically active agent as described herein effective to treat the cachexia. This invention also provides a method for treating obesity comprising administering to the subject an amount of a biologically active agent as described herein effective to treat the condition. This invention also provides a method for treating a condition selected from atherosclerosis or arteriosclerosis comprising administering to the subject an amount of a biologically active agent as described herein effective to treat the condition. The active agents of this invention are effective to treat hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, cachexia, obesity, atherosclerosis or arteriosclerosis whether or not the subject has diabetes or insulin resistance syndrome. The agent can be administered by any conventional route of systemic administration. Preferably the agent is administered orally. Other routes of administration that can be used in accordance with this invention include rectally, parenterally, by injection (e.g. intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular or intraperitioneal injection), or nasally. [0120]
  • Further embodiments of each of the uses and methods of treatment of this invention comprise administering any one of the embodiments of the biologically active agents described above. In the interest of avoiding unnecessary redundancy, each such agent and group of agents is not being repeated, but they are incorporated into this description of uses and methods of treatment as if they were repeated. [0121]
  • Many of the diseases or disorders that are addressed by the compounds of the invention fall into two broad categories: Insulin resistance syndromes and consequences of chronic hyperglycemia. Dysregulation of fuel metabolism, especially insulin resistance, which can occur in the absence of diabetes (persistent hyperglycemia) per se, is associated with a variety of symptoms, including hyperlipidemia, atherosclerosis, obesity, essential hypertension, fatty liver disease (NASH; nonalcoholic steatohepatitis), and, especially in the context of cancer or systemic inflammatory disease, cachexia. Cachexia can also occur in the context of Type I Diabetes or late-stage Type II Diabetes. By improving tissue fuel metabolism, active agents of the invention are useful for preventing or amelioriating diseases and symptoms associated with insulin resistance, as is demonstrated in animals in the Examples. While a cluster of signs and symptoms associated with insulin resistance may coexist in an individual patient, it many cases only one symptom may dominate, due to individual differences in vulnerability of the many physiological systems affected by insulin resistance. Nonetheless, since insulin resistance is a major contributor to many disease conditions, drugs which address this cellular and molecular defect are useful for prevention or amelioration of virtually any symptom in any organ system that may be due to, or exacerbated by, insulin resistance. [0122]
  • When insulin resistance and concurrent inadequate insulin production by pancreatic islets are sufficiently severe, chronic hyperglycemia occurs, defining the onset of Type II diabetes mellitus (NIDDM). In addition to the metabolic disorders related to insulin resistance indicated above, disease symptoms secondary to hyperglycemia also occur in patients with NIDDM. These include nephropathy, peripheral neuropathy, retinopathy, microvascular disease, ulceration of the extremities, and consequences of nonenzymatic glycosylation of proteins, e.g. damage to collagen and other connective tissues. Attenuation of hyperglycemia reduces the rate of onset and severity of these consequences of diabetes. Because, as is demonstrated in the Examples, active agents and compositions of the invention help to reduce hyperglycemia in diabetes, they are useful for prevention and amelioration of complications of chronic hyperglycemia. [0123]
  • Both human and non-human mammalian subjects can be treated in accordance with the treatment method of this invention. The optimal dose of a particular active agent of the invention for a particular subject can be determined in the clinical setting by a skilled clinician. In the case of oral administration to a human for treatment of disorders related to insulin resistance, diabetes, hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, cachexia or obesity the agent is generally administered in a daily dose of from 1 mg to 400 mg, administered once or twice per day. For oral administration to a human the anticipated preferred daily dose of Compound AH is from 100 mg to 400 mg; of Compound AW is from 30 to 300 mg; and of Compound BI is from 10 to 200 mg. In the case of oral administration to a mouse the agent is generally administered in a daily dose from 1 to 300 mg of the agent per kilogram of body weight. Active agents of the invention are used as monotherapy in diabetes or insulin resistance syndrome, or in combination with one or more other drugs with utility in these types of diseases, e.g. insulin releasing agents, prandial insulin releasers, biguanides, or insulin itself. Such additional drugs are administered in accord with standard clinical practice. In some cases, agents of the invention will improve the efficacy of other classes of drugs, permitting lower (and therefore less toxic) doses of such agents to be administered to patients with satisfactory therapeutic results. Established safe and effective dose ranges in humans for representative compounds are: metformin 500 to 2550 mg/day; glyburide 1.25 to 20 mg/day; GLUCOVANCE (combined formulation of metformin and glyburide) 1.25 to 20 mg/day glyburide and 250 to 2000 mg/day metformin; atorvastatin 10 to 80 mg/day; lovastatin 10 to 80 mg/day; pravastatin 10 to 40 mg/day; and simvastatin 5-80 mg/day; clofibrate 2000 mg/day; gemfibrozil 1200 to 2400 mg/day, rosiglitazone 4 to 8 mg/day; pioglitazone 15 to 45 mg/day; acarbose 75-300 mg/day; repaglinide 0.5 to 16 mg/day. [0124]
  • Type I Diabetes Mellitus: A patient with Type I diabetes manages their disease primarily by self-administration of one to several doses of insulin per day, with frequent monitoring blood glucose to permit appropriate adjustment of the dose and timing of insulin administration. Chronic hyperglycemia leads to complications such as nephropathy, neuropathy, retinopathy, foot ulceration, and early mortality; hypoglycemia due to excessive insulin dosing can cause cognitive dysfunction or unconsciousness. A patient with Type I diabetes is treated with 1 to 400 mg/day of an active agent of this invention, e.g. 50 to 400 mg/day of Compound AH, in tablet or capsule form either as a single or a divided dose. The anticipated effect will be a reduction in the dose or frequency of administration of insulin required to maintain blood glucose in a satisfactory range, and a reduced incidence and severity of hypoglycemic episodes. Clinical outcome is monitored by measurement of blood glucose and glycosylated hemoglobin (an index of adequacy of glycemic control integrated over a period of several months), as well as by reduced incidence and severity of typical complications of diabetes. A biologically active agent of this invention can be administered in conjunction with islet transplantation to help maintain the anti-diabetic efficacy of the islet transplant. [0125]
  • Type II Diabetes Mellitus: A typical patient with Type II diabetes (NIDDM) manages their disease by programs of diet and exercise as well as by taking medications such as metformin, glyburide, repaglinide, rosiglitazone, or acarbose, all of which provide some improvement in glycemic control in some patients, but none of which are free of side effects or eventual treatment failure due to disease progression. Islet failure occurs over time in patients with NIDDM, necessitating insulin injections in a large fraction of patients. It is anticipated that daily treatment with an active agent of the invention (with or without additional classes of antidiabetic medication) will improve glycemic control, reduce the rate of islet failure, and reduce the incidence and severity of typical symptoms of diabetes. In addition, active agents of the invention will reduce elevated serum triglycerides and fatty acids, thereby reducing the risk of cardiovascular disease, a major cause of death of diabetic patients. Suitable daily dose ranges for selected compounds of the invention for treatment of NIDDM (either as monotherapy or in combination with other antidiabetic drugs) are from 50 mg to 400 mg of Compound AH, from 15 mg to 300 mg of Compound AW, or from 5 mg to 200 mg of Compound BI. As is the case for all other therapeutic agents for diabetes, dose optimization is done in individual patients according to need, clinical effect, and susceptibility to side effects. [0126]
  • Hyperlipidemia: Elevated triglyceride and free fatty acid levels in blood affect a substantial fraction of the population and are an important risk factor for atherosclerosis and myocardial infarction. Active agents of the invention are useful for reducing circulating triglycerides and free fatty acids in hyperlipidemic patients. Suitable daily dose ranges for selected compounds of the invention for treatment of hypertriglyceridemia are from 50 mg to 400 mg of Compound AH, from 15 mg to 300 mg of Compound AW, or from 5 mg to 200 mg of Compound BI. Hyperlipidemic patients often also have elevated blood cholesterol levels, which also increase the risk of cardiovascular disease. Cholesterol-lowering drugs such as HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors (“statins″) can be administered to hyperlipidemic patients in addition to agents of the invention, optionally incorporated into the same pharmaceutical composition. [0127]
  • Fatty Liver Disease: A substantial fraction of the population is affected by fatty liver disease, also known as nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); NASH is often associated with obesity and diabetes. Hepatic steatosis, the presence of droplets of triglycerides with hepatocytes, predisposes the liver to chronic inflammation (detected in biopsy samples as infiltration of inflammatory leukocytes), which can lead to fibrosis and cirrhosis. Fatty liver disease is generally detected by observation of elevated serum levels of liver-specific enzymes such as the transaminases ALT and AST, which serve as indices of hepatocyte injury, as well as by presentation of symptoms which include fatigue and pain in the region of the liver, though definitive diagnosis often requires a biopsy. As is shown in the Examples, compounds of the invention, e.g. Compound AW, reduce serum liver transaminases and liver fat content in an established animal model of NASH (ob/ob obese mice), and are therefore useful for treatment of fatty liver disease. An appropriate dose range of Compound AW for treatment of fatty liver disease is 15 to 300 mg/day. The anticipated benefit is a reduction in liver inflammation and fat content, resulting in attenuation, halting, or reversal of the progression of NASH toward fibrosis and cirrhosis. [0128]
  • Pharmaceutical Compositions [0129]
  • This invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a biologically active agent as described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Further embodiments of the pharmaceutical composition of this invention comprise any one of the embodiments of the biologically active agents described above. In the interest of avoiding unnecessary redundancy, each such agent and group of agents is not being repeated, but they are incorporated into this description of pharmaceutical compositions as if they were repeated. [0130]
  • Preferably the composition is adapted for oral administration, e.g. in the form of a tablet, coated tablet, dragee, hard or soft gelatin capsule, solution, emulsion or suspension. In general the oral composition will comprise from 1 mg to 400 mg of such agent. It is convenient for the subject to swallow one or two tablets, coated tablets, dragees, or gelatin capsules per day. Accordingly, preferred oral compositions for treatment of humans comprise from 50 mg to 400 mg of Compound AH, from 15 mg to 300 mg of Compound AW, or from 5 mg to 200 mg of Compound BI. However the composition can also be adapted for administration by any other conventional means of systemic administration including rectally, e.g. in the form of suppositories, parenterally, e.g. in the form of injection solutions, or nasally. [0131]
  • The biologically active compounds can be processed with pharmaceutically inert, inorganic or organic carriers for the production of pharmaceutical compositions. Lactose, corn starch or derivatives thereof, talc, stearic acid or its salts and the like can be used, for example, as such carriers for tablets, coated tablets, dragees and hard gelatin capsules. Suitable carriers for soft gelatin capsules are, for example, vegetable oils, waxes, fats, semi-solid and liquid polyols and the like. Depending on the nature of the active ingredient no carriers are, however, usually required in the case of soft gelatin capsules, other than the soft gelatin itself. Suitable carriers for the production of solutions and syrups are, for example, water, polyols, glycerol, vegetable oils and the like. Suitable carriers for suppositories are, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semil-liquid or liquid polyols and the like. [0132]
  • The pharmaceutical compositions can, moreover, contain preservatives, solubilizers, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, sweeteners, colorants, flavorants, salts for varying the osmotic pressure, buffers, coating agents or antioxidants. They can also contain still other therapeutically valuable substances, particularly antidiabetic or hypolipidemic agents that act through mechanisms other than those underlying the effects of the compounds of the invention. Agents which can advantageously be combined with compounds of the invention in a single formulation include but are not limited to biguanides such as metformin, insulin releasing agents such as the sulfonylurea insulin releaser glyburide and other sulfonylurea insulin releasers, cholesterol-lowering drugs such as the “statin” HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors such as atrovastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin and simvastatin, PPAR-alpha agonists such as clofibrate and gemfibrozil, PPAR-gamma agonists such as thiazolidinediones (e.g. rosiglitazone and pioglitazone, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors such as acarbose (which inhibit starch digestion), and prandial insulin releasers such as repaglinide. The amounts of complementary agents combined with compounds of the invention in single formulations are in accord with the doses used in standard clinical practice. Established safe and effective dose ranges for certain representative compounds are set forth above. [0133]
  • Reaction Schemes [0134]
  • The biologically active compounds of the present invention can be made in accordance with the following reaction schemes. [0135]
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0136] 2CR12R13—, q and m are 0, t is 0 or 1, and n is 1 or 2, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Q is OR1 where R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbons, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00020
  • wherein A is as described above, and R[0137] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, R12 and R13 is independently hydrogen or methyl can be prepared from the compound of formula VI via the reaction scheme in Scheme 1.
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 1, A, t, n and R[0138] 9 are as above. R6 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, R12 and R13 is independently hydrogen or methyl and Y is a leaving group.
  • The compound of formula VI is converted to the compound of formula VIII via reaction of step (a) using Mitsunobu condensation of VI with VII using triphenylphosphine and diethyl azodicarboxylate. Any of the conditions conventionally used in Mitsunobu reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (a). [0139]
  • The compound of formula VIII can also be prepared by etherifying or alkylating the compound of formula VI with a compound of formula 1× as in reaction of step (b). In the compound of formula IX, Y can be any conventional leaving group such as mesyloxy, tosyloxy or a halide. Any conventional method of etherifying of a hydroxyl group through reaction with a halide or leaving group can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (b). The reaction of step (b) is preferred over step (a) if compund of formula IX is readily available. [0140]
  • The compound of formula VIII is converted to the compound of formula XI via reaction of step (c) by alkylating the compound of formula VIII with the compound of formula X. [0141]
  • This reaction is carried out utilizing a conventional base which converts acetophenone to 3-keto ester (i.e. gamma-keto ester). Any conventional base for this purpose can be utilized in the reaction of step (c). In carrying out this reaction it is generally preferred to utilize alkali metal salts of hexamethyldisilazane such as lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide as base. Generally this reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran: 1,3-Dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(1H)-pyrimidinone (5:1). Any of the conditions conventional in such alkylation reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (c). [0142]
  • The compound of formula XI is the compound of formula I′ where R[0143] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H.
  • The compound of general formula VII can be prepared by reducing the corresponding acid of formula A—(CH[0144] 2)1+n-CO2H. The reaction is carried out first by esterification of compound of formula A-(CH2)t+n-CO2H with methyl iodide, followed by reduction utilizing a conventional base for example, lithium aluminium hydride or the like in an inert organic solvent for example, tetrahydrofuran or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such reduction reactions can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00021
  • The compound of formula VII where A is 2,6 Dimethyl phenyl can be prepared from the compound of formula XCI, via the reaction scheme in Scheme 2. [0145]
  • In Scheme 2, the compound of formula XCI can be converted to compound of formula VII by esterification with methyl iodide, followed by reduction with lithium aluminum hydride via reaction of step (r″). The reaction of step (r″) can be carried out utilizing a conventional reducing agent. In carrying out this reaction it is generally preferred to utilize lithium aluminum hydride as the reducing agent. Any of the conditions conventional in reduction reactions can be utilized to carry out this reaction. [0146]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00022
  • The compound of formula I where X is —CH[0147] 2—, q is 0, m is 1, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of the formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00023
  • wherein A is as described above, R[0148] 1 is ethyl, and R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms can be prepared from the compound of formula XII, wherein m is as above via the reaction scheme in Scheme 3.
  • In [0149] Scheme 3, A is as above, Y is a leaving group such as halide, mesyloxy or tosyloxy. Y1 is chloro.
  • In [0150] Scheme 3, the compound of formula XII is converted into the ethyl ester of formula XIII using ethanol via reaction of step (d). Any conventional method of converting acid to ethyl ester can be utilized to carry out this reaction.
  • The compound of formula XII can be converted to compound of formula XIV in the same manner as described in the connection with reaction of step (a) or (b) hereinbefore. [0151]
  • In the step of (f), the compound of formula XIV is hydrolyzed to produce the compound of formula XV. Any conventional method of basic hydrolysis to hydrolyze ester can be utilized to carry out this reaction. [0152]
  • The compound of formula XV is converted to the acid chloride of formula XVI via reaction of step (g) by reaction with thionyl chloride. Any of the conventional methods of converting acid to acid halide can be utilized to carry out this reaction of step (g). [0153]
  • The compound of formula XVII is reacted with acid chloride of formula XVI to produce the compound of formula XVIII via reaction of step (h). Any conventional base can be utilized to carry out this reaction with the preferred base being pyridine. The resulting acylated Meldrum acids were not isolated, and instead after workup they were refluxed in absolute ethanol to give the 2-ketoesters. Any conventional conditions to carry out the reaction of step (h) can be utilized. [0154]
  • The compound of formula XVIII is the compound of formula I where R[0155] 1 is ethyl.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00024
  • The compound of formula I′ where q is 1, R[0156] 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms where X is —CH2CR2R13—, m is 0, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of the formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00025
  • wherein A is as above, R[0157] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and R12 and R13 is independently hydrogen or methyl, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Q is OR1 where R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbons, can be prepared from the compound of formula XIX, wherein t and A are as above via the reaction scheme in Scheme 4.
  • In Scheme 4, t, n, A, R[0158] 1, R9, R12, R13 and R5 are as above. R6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. Y1 is chloro.
  • In Scheme 4, the compound of formula XIX is mesylated to furmish the compound of formula XX via reaction of step (i). Any conventional conditions to carry out mesylation can be utilized. The compound of formula XX is then heated with the compound of formula XXI to produce the compound of formula XXII. Any of the conditions conventional to produce amino alcohol can be utilized in reaction of step (j). [0159]
  • In the compound of formula XXII, alcohol is then displaced by chloro by treating the compound of formula XXII with thionyl chloride to produce compound of formula XXIII via reaction of step (k). Any conventional method to displace alcohol with halo can be utilized to carry out this reaction. [0160]
  • The compound of formula XXIII is reacted with a compound of formula VI in the presence of base using dimethylformamide as solvent via reaction of step (1) to produce the corresponding compound of formula XXIV. The position of the substituents in the compound of formula VI will determine the position of the substituents in the compound of formula XXIV. Any conventional method of etherification of a hydroxyl group in the presence of base (preferred base being potassium carbonate) with a halide can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (1). The compound of formula XXIV is converted to the compound of formula XXV via reaction of step (m) by alkylating the compound of formula XXIV with the compound of formula X in the presence of alkali metal silyl amide as base (eg. lithium hexamethyldisilane or sodium hexamethyldisilane). This reaction is carried out in the same manner as described in connection with reaction of step (c) of Scheme 1. [0161]
  • The compound of formula XXV is the compound of formula I′ where R[0162] 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00026
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0163] 2CH(NHAc),—m is 0, q is 0, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of the formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00027
  • wherein A is as above, R[0164] 1 is hydrogen on alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Q is OR1 where R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbons can be prepared from the compound of formula VIII, via the reaction scheme in Scheme 5.
  • In Scheme 5, t, n, A, R[0165] 9 and R1 are as above. R7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula VIII is prepared in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with reaction of step (a) or (b) in Scheme 1. [0166]
  • The compound of formula VIII is converted to compound of formula XXVI by selective bromination of the methyl ketone moiety via reaction of step (n) by treating the compound of formula VIII with CuBr[0167] 2. Any selective bromination conditions to convert methyl ketone to 1-bromoketone can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (n).
  • The compound of formula XXVI can be converted to compound of formula XXVIII via reaction of step (O) by treating the compound of formula XXVI with the sodium salt of compound of formula XXVII in ethanol. Any conventional conditions for this alkylation reaction can be utilized to carry out this reaction. [0168]
  • The compound of formula XXVIII is converted to compound of formula XXIX via reaction of step (p) by de-esterification employing 4 equivalents of sodium hydroxide. [0169]
  • Initial mono de-esterification followed by slow hydrolysis of the remaining ethyl ester was observed. Removal of solvent and incubation of the residue in acetic acid produced the compound of formula XXIX. [0170]
  • The compound of formula XXIX is the compound of formula I′ where R[0171] 1 is H.
  • The compound of formula XXIX can be converted to compound of formula XXXI where R[0172] 7 is an alkyl chain having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (q).
  • The compound of formula XXXI is the compound of formula I′ where R[0173] 1 is an alkyl chain having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00028
  • The compound of formula I where X is —CH[0174] 2—, q and m are 0, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e.
  • compounds of formula: [0175]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00029
  • wherein t, n, and A are as described above, R[0176] 9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and R1 is ethyl can be prepared from the compound of formula LX, via the reaction scheme in Scheme 6.
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 6, A, t, R[0177] 9 and n are as above, Y is a leaving group and Y1 is chloro.
  • In Scheme 6, the compound of formula LX is converted to compound of formula LXI in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of steps (a) or (b) in Scheme 1. [0178]
  • In the step of (q′), the compound of formula LXI is hydrolyzed to produce the compound of formula LXII in the same manner as described in connection with the reaction of step (f) in [0179] Scheme 3.
  • The compound of formula LXII is converted to compound of formula LXIII via reaction of step (r′) in the same manner as described in connection with reaction of step (g) in [0180] Scheme 3.
  • The compound of formula LXIV is first treated with 2 equivalents of n-butyllithium at low temperature and then compound of formula LXIII is added to produce compound of formula LXV (Weirenga, W.; Skulnick, H. I. J.O.C. 1979, 44, 310-311). [0181]
  • The compound of formula LXV is the compound of formula 1 where R[0182] 1 is ethyl.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00030
  • The compound of formula I where q is 1, R[0183] 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, where X is —CH2—, m is 0, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00031
  • wherein A is as described above, R[0184] 9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and R1 is ethyl can be prepared from the compound of formula LX via the reaction scheme in Scheme 7.
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 7, A, t, R[0185] 9 and n are as above, Y1 is chloro. R5 is an alkyl group having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • In Scheme 7, the compound of formula LX is reacted with compound of formula XXIII (prepared in the same manner as described in Scheme 4) to produce the compound of formula LXVI via reaction of step (t′). This rection is carried out in the same manner as described hereinbefore in the connection with reaction of step (1) in Scheme 4. [0186]
  • In the step of (u′), the compound of formula LXVI is hydrolyzed to produce the compound of formula LXVII in the same manner as described in the reaction of step (f) in [0187] Scheme 3.
  • The compound of formula LXVII is converted to compound of formula LXVIII via reaction of step (v′) in the same manner as described in connection with the reaction of step (g) in [0188] Scheme 3.
  • The compound of formula LXIV is first treated with 2 equiv of n-butyllithium at low temperature and then compound of formula LXIII is added to produce compound of formula LXV (Weirenga, W.; Skulnick, H. I. J.O.C. 1979, 44, 310-311). [0189]
  • The compound of formula LXIX is the compound of formula 1 where R[0190] 1 is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00032
  • The compound of formula I′ where q is 1, R[0191] 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbons, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Q is OR1 where R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbons, X is —CH2CH(NHAc)—, m is 0, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of the formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00033
  • wherein t, n, A and R′ are as above, can be prepared from the compound of formula VI, via the reaction scheme in Scheme 8. [0192]
  • In Scheme 8, t, n, A, R[0193] 9 and R1 are as above. R7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. R5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Y1 is chloro.
  • The compound of formula XXIV is prepared in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with reaction of step (1) in Scheme 4. [0194]
  • The compound of formula XXIV is converted to compound of formula LXX by selective bromination of the methyl ketone moiety via reaction of step (x′) by treating the compound of formula XXIV with CuBr[0195] 2. Any selective bromination conditions to convert methyl ketone to 1-bromoketone can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (x′).
  • The compound of formula LXX can be converted to the compound of formula LXXI via reaction of step (y′) by treating the compound of formula LXX with the sodium salt of compound of formula XXVII in ethanol. Any conventional conditions can be utilized to carry out alkylation reaction. [0196]
  • The compound of formula LXXI is converted to the compound of formula LXXII via reaction of step (z′) by de-esterification employing 4 equiv. of sodium hydroxide. This indicated an initial mono de-esterification followed by slow hydrolysis of the remaining ethyl ester. Removal of solvent and incubation of the residue in acetic acid produced the compound of formula LXXII. [0197]
  • The compound of formula LXXII is the compound of formula I′ where R[0198] 1 is H.
  • The compound of formula LXXII can be converted to compound of formula LXXIII where R[0199] 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (a″).
  • The compound of formula LXXIII is the compound of formula I′ where R[0200] 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00034
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0201] 2CH(NHAc)—, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Q is OR1 where R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbons, m is 1, q is 0, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of the formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00035
  • wherein A is as above, and R[0202] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms can be prepared from the compound of formula LXXIV via the reaction scheme in Scheme 9.
  • In Scheme 9, t, n, A, R[0203] 9 and R1 are as above. R7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. R5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula LXXIV can be prepared according to method described in Murphy et al J.C.S. Perkin 1, 1980, 1555-1566. [0204]
  • The compound of formula LXXIV can be alkylated to produce compound of formula LXXV via reaction of step (b″) employing either compound of formula VII using same method as described in the connection of reaction step of (a) in Scheme 1 or compound of formula 1× using potassium carbonate as the base for alkylation. The reaction is carried out in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (1) in Scheme 4. [0205]
  • The compound of formula LXXV is then selectively brominated at 0° C. using 30 wt % HBr in acetic acid dropwise to produce compound of formula LXXVI via reaction of step (c″). Any conventional method to convert selectively substituted acetone to 1-Bromoacetone can be utilized to carry out this reaction of step (c″). [0206]
  • The compound of formula LXXVI is converted to compound of formula LXXVII via reaction of step (d″) in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (O) in Scheme 5. [0207]
  • The compound of formula LXXVII is converted to compound of formula LXXVIII via reaction of step (e″) by de-esterification employing 4 equiv. of sodium hydroxide. Initial mono de-esterification followed by slow hydrolysis of the remaining ethyl ester was observed. Removal of solvent and incubation of the residue in acetic acid produced the compound of formula LXXVIII. [0208]
  • The compound of formula LXXVIII is the compound of formula I′ where R[0209] 1 is H.
  • The compound of formula LXXVIII can be converted to compound of formula LXXIX where R[0210] 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (f″).
  • The compound of formula LXXIX is the compound of formula I′ where R[0211] 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00036
  • The compound of formula I′ where q is 1, R[0212] 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, X is —CH2CH(NHAc)-, m is 1, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Q is OR1 where R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbons, i.e. compounds of the formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00037
  • wherein A is as above, and R[0213] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms can be prepared from the compound of the formula LXXIV via the reaction scheme in Scheme 10.
  • In Scheme 10, t, n, A, R[0214] 9 and R1 are as above. R7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. R5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Y1 is chloro.
  • The compound of formula LXXIV can be prepared according to method described in Murphy et. al. J.C.S. Perkin 1, 1980, 1555-1566. [0215]
  • In Scheme 10, the compound of formula LXXIV is reacted with compound of formula XXIII (prepared in the same manner as described in Scheme 4) to produce the compound of formula LXXX via reaction of step (g″). This rection is carried out in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (1) in Scheme 4. [0216]
  • The compound of formula LXXX is then selectively brominated at 0° C. using 30 wt % HBr in acetic acid dropwise to produce compound of formula LXXXI via reaction of step (h″). Any conventional method to convert substituted acetone to 1-Bromoacetone can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (h″). [0217]
  • The compound of formula LXXXI is converted to the compound of formula LXXXII via reaction of step (i″) in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (o) in Scheme 5. [0218]
  • The compound of formula LXXXII is converted to compound of formula LXXXIII via reaction of step 0″) in the same manner as described in reaction of step (p) in Scheme 5. [0219]
  • The compound of formula LXXXIII is the compound of formula I′ where R[0220] 1 is H.
  • The compound of formula LXXXIII can be converted to compound of formula LXXXIV where R[0221] 7 is an alkyl chain having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (k″).
  • The compound of formula LXXXIV is the compound of formula I′ where R[0222] 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00038
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0223] 2CR12R13—, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Q is OR1 where R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbons, q is 0, m is 1, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00039
  • wherein A is as described above, R[0224] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and R12 and R13 is independently hydrogen or methyl can be prepared from the compound of the formula LXXIV, via the reaction scheme in Scheme 11.
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 11, A, t, R[0225] 9, R12, R13 and n are as above. R6 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and Y is a leaving group.
  • The compound formula LXXV is produced from compound of formula LXXIV in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (b″) in Scheme 9. [0226]
  • The compound of formula LXXV is converted to compound of formula LXXXV via reaction of step (1″) by selectively alkylating the compound of formula LXXV with the compound of formula X. This reaction is carried out utilizing a conventional base which converts substituted ketone to gamma-keto ester. In carrying out this reaction it is generally preferred to utilize lithium diisopropylamide as base. Alkylation will occur at the less hindered methyl group. Generally this reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or 1,2-dimethoxyethane at −78° C. [0227]
  • The compound of formula LXXXV is the compound of formula I′ where R[0228] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula LXXXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00040
  • The compound of formula I where q is 1, R[0229] 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms where X is —CH2—, m is 1, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of the formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00041
  • wherein A is as above, R[0230] 9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and R1 is ethyl can be prepared from the compound formula XIII wherein, m is as above via the reaction scheme in Scheme 12.
  • In Scheme 12, A is as above. Y[0231] 1 is chloro.
  • The compound of formula XIII (prepared in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (d) in Scheme 3) can be converted to compound of formula LXXXVI via reaction of step (m″) in the same manner as described in the connection with reaction of step (1) in Scheme 4 hereinbefore. [0232]
  • In the step of (n″), the compound of formula LXXXVI is hydrolyzed to produce the compound of formula LXXXVII. Any conventional method of basic hydrolysis to hydrolyze ester can be utilized to carry out this reaction. [0233]
  • The compound of formula LXXXVII is converted to acid chloride of formula LXXXVIII via reaction of step (o″) by reaction with thionyl chloride. Any of the conventional method of converting acid to acid halide can be utilized to carry out the reaction. The compound of formula XVII is reacted with the compound of formula LXXXVIII to produce the compound of formula LXXXIX via reaction of step (p″). Any conventional base can be used to carry out this reaction with the preferred base being pyridine. Any conventional conditions to carry out the reaction of step (p″) can be utilized. [0234]
  • The compound of formula LXXXIX is the compound of formula I where R[0235] 1 is ethyl.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00042
  • The compound of formula I′ where q is 1, R[0236] 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, where X is —CH2CR122R13—, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Q is OR1 where R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbons, m is 1, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00043
  • wherein A is as described above, R[0237] 1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and R12 and R13 is independently hydrogen or methyl can be prepared from the compound of the formula LXXIV, via the reaction scheme in Scheme 13.
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 13, R[0238] 9, R12, R13, R5, A, t, and n are as above. R6 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound formula LXXX is produced from compound of formula LXXIV in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (g″) in Scheme 10. [0239]
  • The compound of formula LXXX is converted to compound of formula XC via reaction of step (q″) by alkylating the compound of formula LXXX with the compound of formula X. [0240]
  • This reaction is carried out utilizing a conventional base which converts ketone to 3-keto ester. In carrying out this reaction it is generally preferred to utilize lithium diisopropylamide as base. Alkylation will occur at the less hindered methyl group. Generally this reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or 1,2-dimethoxyethane at −78° C. [0241]
  • The compound of formula XC is the compound of formula I′ where R[0242] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XC can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00044
  • The compound of formula II where Z is [0243]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00045
  • m is 0, r is 1, q is 0, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, R[0244] 4 is —NHCO2C(CH3)3, —NHCH3, or —NHCH2CH3, i.e. the compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00046
  • wherein A and R′ are as above, can be prepared from the compound of formula XXVI via reaction scheme in Scheme 14. [0245]
  • In Scheme 14, t, n, A and R′ are as above. R[0246] 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • R[0247] 8 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Y1 is halo preferably bromo.
  • In Scheme 14, the compound of formula XXVI (prepared in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with reaction of step (n) in Scheme 5) is reacted with the compound of formula XXXII in the presence of a base to produce the compound of formula XXXIII via reaction of step (r). In carrying out this reaction it is generally preferred to utilize triethylamine as base. Any conventional method of reacting Boc-cys-OEt with halide can be utilized to carry out this reaction. [0248]
  • The compound of formula XXXIII is compound of formula II where R[0249] 4 is —NHCO2C(CH3)3 and R1 is ethyl.
  • The compound of formula XXXIII can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula II where R[0250] 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula II where R1 is H and R4 is —NHCO2C(CH3)3. The compound of formula XXXIII is converted to compound of formula XXXV first via reaction of step (s) by deprotecting t-butoxy group using trifluoroacetic acid and replacing by lower alkyl having 1 to 2 carbon atoms via reaction of step (t). Any conventional method to condense amine with alkyl halide can be used to carry out this reaction.
  • The compound of formula XXXV is compound of formula II where R[0251] 4 is an amine having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and R1 is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XXXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula XXXVI where R1 is H by basic hydrolysis via reaction of step (u). The compound of formula XXXVI is compound of formula II where R4 is —NHCH3 or —NHCH2CH3 and R1 is H.
  • The compound of formula XXXVI can be converted to compound of formula XXXVII where R[0252] 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (v).
  • The compound of formula XXXVII is compound of formula II where R[0253] 1 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and R4 is —NHCH3 or —NHCH2CH3.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00047
  • The compound of formula II where Z is [0254]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00048
  • m and q are 0, r is 1, t is 0 or 1, n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of the formula: [0255]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00049
  • A is as above, can be prepared from the compound of formula VIII, wherein t, n and A are as above, via the reaction scheme in Scheme 15. [0256]
  • In Scheme 15, the compound of formula VIII (prepared in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with reaction of step (a) or (b) in Scheme 1) is converted to compound of formula XXVI in the same manner as described in reaction of step (n) in Scheme 5. [0257]
  • The compound of formula XXVI is reacted with compound of formula XXXVIII in the presence of base preferred base being triethylamine to produce the compound of formula XXXIX. Any conventional method to react thiol with halide can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (w). [0258]
  • The compound of formula II where Z is [0259]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00050
  • m is 0, r is 1, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, R[0260] 4 is H, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00051
  • wherein t, n, A and R′ are as above, can be prepared from the compound of formula VIII via the reaction scheme in Scheme 15. [0261]
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 15, t, n, A and R′ are as above. R[0262] 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula VIII is prepared in same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (a) or (b) in Scheme 1. [0263]
  • The compound of formula XXVI is prepared from compound of formula VIII in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (n) in Scheme 5. [0264]
  • The compound of formula XXVI is reacted with compound of formula XL in the presence of base preferred base being triethylamine to produce compound of formula XLI. Any conventional method to react thiol with 1-bromoketone can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (x). [0265]
  • The compound of formula XLI is the compound of formula II where R[0266] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XLI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula II where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula II where R1 is H.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00052
  • The compound of formula II where Z is [0267]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00053
  • r is 0, m is 1, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula: [0268]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00054
  • wherein n, t and A are as above, can be prepared from the compound of formula XLII via the reaction scheme in Scheme 16. [0269]
  • In Scheme 16, t, n, and A are as above. Y is a leaving group such as halide, mesyloxy or tosyloxy. Y[0270] 1 is halo preferably bromo.
  • In Scheme 16, the compound of formula XLII is converted to compound of formula XLIII via the reaction of step (y) by selective displacement of hydroxyl group of primary alcohol by halogen. Any conventional halogenating agent can be utilized to carry out this reaction with the preferred halogenating agent being phosphorous tribromide. This reaction is carried out in low temperature. Any conditions conventional for this method can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (y). The compound of formula XLIII was used immediately without further purification. [0271]
  • The compound of formula XLIII is reacted with compound of formula XXXVIII in the presence of base to produce the compound of formula XLIV. Any conventional method of condensing thiol with halide can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (z). Any conventional base can be utilized to carry out this reaction with the preferred base being triethylamine. [0272]
  • The compound of formula XLIV is converted to the compound of formula XLV by reaction with compound of formula VII via the reaction of step (a′). This reaction is carried out in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with reaction of step (a) in Scheme 1. [0273]
  • The compound of formula II where Z is [0274]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00055
  • r is 0, m is 1, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, R[0275] 4 is H, i.e. the compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00056
  • wherein A and R′ are as above, can be prepared from the compound of formula XLII via the reaction scheme in Scheme 16. [0276]
  • In Scheme 16, t, n, and A are as above. Y is a leaving group such as halide, mesyloxy or tosyloxy. Y[0277] 1 is halo preferably bromo. R6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula XLII is converted to compound of formula XLIII in the same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (y). [0278]
  • The compound of formula XLIII is reacted with compound of formula XL via reaction of step (b′) as described in connection with the reaction of step (x) in Scheme 15. [0279]
  • The compound of formula XLVI is converted to compound of formula XLVII via reaction of step (c′). This reaction is carried out in the same manner as described in the reaction of step (a) or (b) in Scheme 1. [0280]
  • The compound of formula XLVII is the compound of formula II where R[0281] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XLVII can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula II where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula II where R1 is H.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00057
  • The compound of formula II where Z is [0282]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00058
  • r is 0, m is 1, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula: [0283]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00059
  • wherein t, n, A and R′ are as above, R[0284] 4 is —NHCO2C(CH3)3, —NHCH3, —NHCH2CH3, can be prepared from the compound of formula XLIII via reaction scheme in Scheme 17.
  • In Scheme 17, t, n, A and R′ are as above. Y is a leaving group such as halide, mesyloxy or tosyloxy. R[0285] 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and R8 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Y1 is halo preferably bromo.
  • In Scheme 17, the compound of formula XLIII (prepared in the same manner as described hereinbefore in reaction of step (y) in Scheme 16) is reacted with the compound of formula XXXII in the presence of a base to produce the compound of formula XLVIII via reaction of step (d′). In carrying out this reaction it is generally preferred to utilize triethylamine as base. Any conventional method of reacting Boc-cyst-OEt with halide can be utilized to carry out this reaction. [0286]
  • The compound of formula XLIX is produced by reacting compound of formula XLVIII with compound of formula VII or IX. This reaction is carried out in the same manner as described in the reaction of step (a) or (b) in Scheme 1. [0287]
  • The compound of formula XLIX is compound of formula II where R[0288] 4 is —NHCO2C(CH3)3 and R1 is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula XLIX can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula II where R[0289] 1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula II where R is H and R4 is —NHCO2C(CH3)3.
  • The compound of formula XLIX is converted to compound of formula L first via reaction of step (f′) by deprotecting t-butoxy group using trifluoroacetic acid and replacing by lower alkyl containing from 1 to 2 carbon atoms via reaction of step (g′). Any conventional method to condense amine with alkyl halide can be used to carry out this reaction. [0290]
  • The compound of formula L is compound of formula II where R[0291] 4 is an amine having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and R1 is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula L can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula LI where R[0292] 1 is H by basic hydrolysis via reaction of step (h′).
  • The compound of formula LI is compound of formula II where R[0293] 4 is —NHCH3 or —NHCH2CH3 and R1 is H. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula II where R1 is H.
  • The compound of formula LI can be converted to compound of formula LII where R[0294] 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent.
  • Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (i′). [0295]
  • The compound of formula LII is compound of formula II where R[0296] 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and R4 is —NHCH3 or —NHCH2CH3.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00060
  • The compound of formula III [0297]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00061
  • wherein n is 1 or 2 and A is as above, can be prepared from the compound of formula LIII, via reaction scheme in Scheme 18, wherein n, A and Y are as above. [0298]
  • In Scheme 18, the compound of formula LIII is converted to the compound of formula LIV in the same manner as described in connection with reaction of step (a) or (b) in Scheme 1. [0299]
  • The compound of formula LIV is converted to the compound of formula III via reaction of step (k′) by heating the compound of formula LIV with sodium azide in the presence of ammonium chloride in dimethylformamide. Any conventional conditions to convert nitrile to terazole can be utilized to carry out this reaction. [0300]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00062
  • The compound of formula IV [0301]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00063
  • wherein R[0302] 1 is as above, can be prepared from 2′,6′-difluoroacetophenone via reaction scheme in Scheme 19.
  • In Scheme 19, R[0303] 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula LV is converted to compound of formula LVI via reaction of step (1′) in same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with reaction of step (c) in Scheme 1. [0304]
  • The compound of formula LVI is the compound of formula IV where R[0305] 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula LVI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula IV where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula IV where R1 is H.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00064
  • The compound of formula V [0306]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00065
  • wherein n, A and R′ are as above, R[0307] 14 is hydroxy can be prepared from the compound of formula VI, via reaction scheme in Scheme 20.
  • In Scheme 20, n, A are as above. Y is a leaving group such as halide, mesyloxy or tosyloxy. R[0308] 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and R8 is an alkyl group having from 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula VI is converted to compound of formula VIII in same manner as described hereinbefore in connection with the reaction of step (a) or (b) of Scheme 1. [0309]
  • The compound of formula VII is reacted with compound of formula LVII via reaction of step (m′) in the presence of freshly prepared sodium alkoxide at room temperature to produce compound of formula LVIII. Any conventional conditions for this alkylation reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction. [0310]
  • The compound of formula LVIII is the compound of formula V where R[0311] 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. The compound of formula LVIII can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula V where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis via reaction of step (n′). Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula V where R1 is H.
  • The compound of formula LVIII can be converted to compound of formula LIX where R[0312] 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms by esterification of carboxylic acid with compound of formula XXX using N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating condensing agent. Any conditions conventional for this reaction can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (o′).
  • The compound of formula LIX is the compound of formula V where R[0313] 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00066
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0314] 2CH2—, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, q and m are 0, t is 0 or 1, and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00067
  • wherein Q is NR[0315] 10R11 where R10 is hydrogen and R11 is hydroxyl group. t, n, A, and R9 are as described above, can be prepared from the compound of the formula
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00068
  • via the reaction scheme of Scheme 21. [0316]
  • In the reaction scheme 21, A, t, R[0317] 9, R6 and n are as above.
  • The compound of formula XI is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 1. [0318]
  • The compound of formula XI can be converted to the compound of formula XCII via reaction step (s″) by treating the compound of formula XI with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in an organic solvent, for example ethanol, tetrahydrofuran or the like. The reaction is carried out using organic base for example, potassium hydroxide or the like. Any conditions conventional for the synthesis of hydroxamic acids can be utilized to carry out this reaction. [0319]
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0320] 2—CH2—, q and m are 0, t is 0 or 1, and n is 1 or 2, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00069
  • wherein t, n, A, and R[0321] 9 are described as above. Q is NR10R11 where R10 and R11 are hydrogen.
  • can be prepared from the compound of the formula [0322]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00070
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 21. [0323]
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 21, A, t, R and n are as above. R[0324] 1 is H, R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula XI is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 1. The compound of formula XI is the compound of formula I′ where R[0325] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XI
  • can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R[0326] 1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • The compound of formula XI can be converted to compound of formula XCIII via reaction step (t″) by first activating by for example, benzotriazole-1-yloxytrispyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or the like in an organic solvent, for example, methylene chloride, N,N-dimethylformamide or the like followed by addition of aqueous ammonium hydroxide or ammonia. The reaction is carried out using organic base for example, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or the like. [0327]
  • Any conditions conventional to synthesize amide can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (t″). [0328]
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0329] 2—CH2—, q and m are 0, t is 0 or 1, and n is 1 or 2, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00071
  • wherein t, n, A, and R[0330] 9 are described as above. Q is NR10R11 where R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • can be prepared from the compound of the formula [0331]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00072
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 21. [0332]
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 21, A, t, R[0333] 9 and n are as above. R1 is H and R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula XI is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 1. The compound of formula XI is the compound of formula I′ where R[0334] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • The compound of formula XI can be converted to the compound of formula XCIV either by first reacting with a chlorinating reagent for example, thionyl chloride or the like then reacting acid halide with corresponding amine. Any conventional method of condensing amine with an acid halide can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (u″) or by condensing corresponding amine with the compound of formula XI using 1,3-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as condensing agent. [0335]
  • Any conventional method of condensing amine with an acid can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (u″). [0336]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00073
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0337] 2—CH2—, q is 1, R5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, m is 0, t is 0 or 1, and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00074
  • wherein Q is NR[0338] 10R11 where R1 is hydrogen and R11 is hydroxyl group. A, t, n, and R9 are as described above, can be prepared from the compound of the formula
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00075
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 22. [0339]
  • In the reaction scheme 22, q, A, t, R[0340] 5, R9 and n are described as above. R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula XXV is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 4. [0341]
  • The compound of formula XXV can be converted to the compound of formula XCV via reaction step (v″) in the same manner as described in reaction step (s″) of Scheme 21. [0342]
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0343] 2—CH2—, q is 1, R5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, m is 0, t is 0 or 1, and n is 1 or 2, R1 is H, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00076
  • wherein q, t, n, A, R[0344] 5 and R9 are described as above. Q is NR10R11 where R10 and R11 are hydrogen and can be prepared from the compound of the formula
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00077
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 22. [0345]
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 22, q, A, t, R[0346] 5, R9 and n are as above. R1 is H and R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula XXV is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 4. The compound of formula XXV is the compound of formula I′ where R[0347] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • The compound of formula XXV can be converted to the compound of formula XCVI via reaction step (w″) in the same manner as described in step (t″) of reaction scheme 21. [0348]
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0349] 2—CH2—, q is 1, R5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, m is 0, t is 0 or 1, and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00078
  • wherein q, t, n, A, R[0350] 5 and R9 are as described above, Q is NR10R11 where R10 and R1 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • can be prepared from the compound of the formula [0351]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00079
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 22. [0352]
  • In the reaction scheme 22, q, A, t, R[0353] 5, R9 and n are as above. R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. R1 is H.
  • The compound of formula XXV is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 4. The compound of formula XXV is the compound of formula I′ where R[0354] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • The compound of formula XXV can be converted to the compound of formula XCVII via reaction step (x″) in the same manner as described in step (u″) of reaction scheme 21. [0355]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00080
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0356] 2—CH2—, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, m is 1, q is 0, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of the formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00081
  • wherein Q is NR[0357] 10R11 where R10 is hydrogen, R11 is hydroxyl group. t, n, A, and R9 are as described above, can be prepared from the compound of the formula
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00082
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 23. [0358]
  • In the reaction scheme 23, A, t, R[0359] 9 and n are as described above. R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula LXXXV is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 11. [0360]
  • The compound of formula LXXXV can be converted to the compound of formula XCVIII via reaction step (y″) in the same manner as described in reaction step (s″) of Scheme 21. [0361]
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0362] 2—CH2—, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, m is 1, q is 0, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of the formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00083
  • wherein t, n, A, and R[0363] 9 are described as above. Q is NR10R11 where R10 and R11 are hydrogen.
  • can be prepared from the compound of the formula [0364]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00084
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 23. [0365]
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 23, A, t, R[0366] 5, R9 and n are as above. R1 is H. R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula LXXXV is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 11. The compound of formula LXXXV is the compound of formula I′ where R[0367] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula LXXXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • The compound of formula LXXXV can be converted to the compound of formula XCIX via reaction step (z″) in the same manner as described in reaction step (t″) of reaction scheme 21. [0368]
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0369] 2—CH2—, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, m is 1, q is 0, t is 0 or 1 and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of the formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00085
  • wherein t, n, A, and R[0370] 9 are as described above, Q is NR10R11 where R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • can be prepared from the compound of the formula [0371]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00086
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 23. [0372]
  • In the reaction scheme 23, A, t, R[0373] 9 and n are as above. R1 is H. R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula LXXXV is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 11. The compound of formula LXXXV is the compound of formula I′ where R[0374] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula LXXXV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • The compound of formula LXXXV can be converted to the compound of formula C via reaction step (a′″) in the same manner as described in step (u″) of reaction scheme 21. [0375]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00087
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0376] 2—CH2—, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, q is 1, R5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, m is 1, t is 0 or 1, and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00088
  • wherein Q is NR[0377] 10R11 where R10 is hydrogen and R11 is hydroxyl group. t, n, A, R5 and R9 are as described above,
  • can be prepared from the compound of the formula [0378]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00089
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 24. [0379]
  • In the reaction scheme 24, q, A, t, n, R[0380] 5, R9, and R6 are described as above.
  • The compound of formula XC is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 13. [0381]
  • The compound of formula XC can be converted to the compound of formula CII via reaction step (b′″) in the same manner as described in reaction step (s″) of Scheme 21. [0382]
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0383] 2—CH2—, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, q is 1, R5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, m is 1, t is 0 or 1, and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00090
  • wherein q, t, n, A, R[0384] 5 and R9 are described as above. Q is NR10R11 where R10 and R11 are hydrogen.
  • can be prepared from the compound of the formula [0385]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00091
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 24. [0386]
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 24, q, A, t, R[0387] 5, R9 and n are as above. R1 is H. R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula XC is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 13. The compound of formula XC is the compound of formula I′ where R[0388] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XC can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • The compound of formula XC can be converted to the compound of formula CIII via reaction step (c′″) in the same manner as described in step (t″) of reaction scheme 21. [0389]
  • The compound of formula I′ where X is —CH[0390] 2—CH2—, R9 is hydrogen, halo, or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, q is 1, R5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, m is 1, t is 0 or 1, and n is 1 or 2, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00092
  • wherein q, t, n, A, R[0391] 5 and R9 are as described above, Q is NR10R11 where R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • can be prepared from the compound of the formula [0392]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00093
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 24. [0393]
  • In the reaction scheme 24, q, A, t, R[0394] 5, R9 and n are as above. R1 is H. R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula XC is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 13. The compound of formula XC is the compound of formula I′ where R[0395] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XC can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis.
  • The compound of formula XC can be converted to the compound of formula CIV via reaction step (d′″) in the same manner as described in step (u″) of reaction scheme 21. [0396]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00094
  • The compound of formula V′ where n is 1 or 2, t is 0, R[0397] 1, R9 and R” are H, i.e.
  • compounds of formula: [0398]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00095
  • wherein t, n, A, R[0399] 9, R14 and R1 are as described above, can be prepared from the compound of the formula
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00096
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 25. [0400]
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 25, A, t, and n are as above. R[0401] 6 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula XI is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 1. [0402]
  • The compound of formula XI can be converted to compound of formula CV via reaction step (e′″), by treating the compound of formula XI with bromine or the like in an organic solvent, for example ether, carbon tetrachloride with the preferred organic solvent being ether. [0403]
  • As the reaction temperature, ice cooling to room temperature can be used with the preferred being ice cooling. [0404]
  • The compound of formula CV can be converted to the compound of formula CVI via reaction step (f′″), by dehydrobromination. The reaction is carried out using conventional base preferred base being triethylamine or the like in an organic solvent for example carbon tetrachloride or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in dehydrobromination can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (f″). [0405]
  • The compound of formula CVI is the compound of formula V′ where R[0406] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula CVI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula V′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula V′ where R1 is H.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00097
  • The compound of formula CXVI where X is —CH[0407] 2—CH2—, t is 0 or 1, and n is 1 or 2, R1 and R9 are H, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00098
  • wherein t, n, A, and R[0408] 9 are as described above, R1 is H.
  • can be prepared from the compound of the formula [0409]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00099
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 26. [0410]
  • In the reaction scheme of 26, A, t, n and R[0411] 9 are as above. R1 is H. R6 is an alkyl group having Ito 7 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula XI is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 1. The compound of formula XI is the compound of formula I′ where R[0412] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The compound of formula XI can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula I′ where R1 is H.
  • The compound of formula XI is converted to compound of formula CVII via reaction step (g′″) via Wolff-Kishner reduction by treating the compound of formula XI with hydrazine hydrate and potassium hydroxide in an organic solvent for example, ethylene glycol or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in Wolff-Kishner reductions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (g′″). [0413]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00100
  • The compound of formula XCI where n is 1 or 2, R[0414] 9 is H and R′ is hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00101
  • wherein n, A, R[0415] 9 and R1 are as described above,
  • can be prepared from the compound of the formula [0416]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00102
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 27. [0417]
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 27, R[0418] 9 is a hydrogen atom, t is 0, R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, A and n are as described above.
  • The compound of formula XI is prepared in the same manner as described in the reaction scheme of Scheme 1. [0419]
  • The compound of formula XI can be converted to the compound of formula CVIII via reaction step (h′″) by selectively reducing ketone group to an alcohol. This reaction is carried out utilizing conventional reducing agents for example, sodium borohydride in ethanol, Bis-3-methyl-2-butyl-borane in tetahydrofuran or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such selective reduction reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (h′″). [0420]
  • The compound of formula CVIII can be converted to compound of formula CIX via reaction step (i′″) by bromination of compound of formula CVIII with brominating reagents for example, phosphorous tribromide in tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, hydrogen bromide in acetic acid or dioxane, carbon tetrabromide and bis-(1,2-diphenylphosphino)ethane or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such bromination reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (i′″). [0421]
  • The compound of formula CIX can be converted to the compound of formula CX via reaction step (j′″), by dehydrobromination. The reaction is carried out using conventional base preferred base being triethylamine or the like in an organic solvent for example carbon tetrachloride or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such dehydrobromination reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction of step (j′″). [0422]
  • The compound of formula CX is the compound of formula XCI where R[0423] 1 is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The compound of formula CX can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula XCI where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula XCI where R1 is H.
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00103
  • The compound of formula CXVII where X is —CH[0424] 2—CH2—, and n is 0 or 2, R15 is a hydrogen or lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R9 is hydroxy, hydrogen, alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, halogen atom, R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, i.e. compounds of formula:
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00104
  • wherein n, A, R[0425] 9 and R15 are as described above,
  • can be prepared by reacting the compound of the formula [0426]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00105
  • with compound of formula [0427]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00106
  • via the reaction scheme in Scheme 28. [0428]
  • In the reaction scheme of Scheme 28, A, n, R[0429] 9, R15 are described as above, R6 is an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • The compound of formula CXI can be converted to compound of formula CXIII via reaction step (k′″) by treating compound of formula CXI with condensing agent, for example diethyl cyanophosphate, 1-ethyl-3-(3′-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide or the like in an organic solvent, for example, methylene chloride, N,N-dimethylformamide followed by addition of compound of formula CXII. [0430]
  • The reaction temperature can be from 0° C. to room temperature. [0431]
  • The compound of formula CXIII can be converted to the compound of formula CXIV via reaction of step (I′″) by alkylating the compound of formula CXIII with the compound of formula X. This reaction is carried out in the same manner as described in the reaction step (c) of reaction scheme 1. [0432]
  • The compound of formula CXIV is the compound of formula CXVII where R[0433] 9 is an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, halogen atom. The R9 can be converted to hydroxy via demethylation by using for example, boron tribromide in methylene chloride or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such demethylation reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction.
  • The compound of formula CXIV is the compound of formula CXVII where R[0434] 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The compound of formula CXIV can be converted to the free acid i.e. the compound of formula CXVII where R1 is H by ester hydrolysis. Any conventional method of ester hydrolysis will produce the compound of formula CXVII where R1 is H.
  • Compounds of general formula CXI can be prepared by etherification of compound of formula CI by using alkyl halide followed by an ester hydrolysis. [0435]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00107
  • wherein R[0436] 16 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R9 is a hydroxyl group.
  • The reaction between compound of formula CI and alkyl halide can be carried like in an organic solvent, for example N,N-dimethylformamide or the like, using base, for example potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate or the like. Any of the conditions conventional in such alkylation reactions can be utilized to carry out this reaction. Ester hydrolysis can be conducted under acidic conditions for example, hydrochloric acid or hydrochloric acid mixed with organic solvent for example, ethanol or using acetic acid or the like. The reaction can be carried out at room temperature to solvent refluxing temperature. Any conventional conditions for acidic ester hydrolysis can be utilized to carry out this reaction. Further, if needed, ester hydrolysis can be carried out using basic conditions, for example, in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide or a mixed solution of sodium hydroxide in an organic solvent for example, ethanol or the like. Any conditions conventional for basic hydrolysis can be utilized to carry out this reaction [0437]
  • Compounds of general formula CXII can be prepared by reacting compound of formula VII with chlorinating agent for example, trimethylsilyl chloride, thionyl chloride or the like in an organic solvent for example, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide or the like. The reaction temperature can be room temperature to organic refluxing temperature. Any conditions conventional for chlorination reactions can be utilized to carry out the reaction. [0438]
  • The chloromethyl intermediate was converted to compound of formula CXII via Gabriel synthesis by treating chloromethyl intermediate with potassium phthalimide in an organic solvent for example, N,N-dimethylformamide, dioxane or the like. The phthalimide is then reacted with hydrazine by an exchange reaction in an organic solvent for example, ethanol, dioxane or the like to produce the compound of formula CXII. Any of the conditions conventionally used in the Gabriel synthesis can be utilized to carry out the reaction. [0439]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00108
  • The invention will be better understood by reference to the following examples which illustrate but do not limit the invention described herein. [0440]
    • CHEMICAL SYNTHESIS EXAMPLES Example 1 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0441]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00109
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0442]
  • A solution of 4-Hydroxyacetophenone (2.80 g, 20.6 mmol) in dry DMF (15 ml) was added at room temperature to a suspension of NaH (60% in oil, 0.794 g) in dry DMF (20 ml). When evolution of hydrogen ceased, 2-Fluorobenzyl bromide (3 g, 15.8 mmol) was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours, quenched with sat aq. NH[0443] 4Cl and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex:ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound as an off white solid.
  • [0444] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 1H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0445]
  • To a stirred solution of 4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone (Step A, 1.5 g, 6.1 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) and DMPU (5 ml) was added a solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M, 7 ml) at −60° C. under argon. After 10 minutes of stirring at −60° C., tert-Butyl bromoacetate (4.75 g, 24.4 mmol) was added rapidly. The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature for 4 hours. The crude mixture was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layer was extracted one more time with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na[0446] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on a silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0447] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (s, 9H); 2.7 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 1H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0448]
  • A solution of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step B, 1.27 g, 4.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 ml) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (5 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours and concentrated in vacuo. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 95:5 spiked with acetic acid) to afford the title compound as a white powder. [0449]
  • [0450] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3:CD3OD): 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 1H); 7.4 (t, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 2 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2-Methoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0451]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00110
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2-Methoxybenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0452]
  • A solution of 2-Methoxybenzyl alcohol (2.99 g, 21.7 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) and dry DMF (5 ml) was added to a stirred solution of 4-Hydroxyacetophenone (3.25 g, 23.8 mmol), triphenylphosphine (7.36 g, 28.0 mmol), and diethyl azodicarboxylate (4.51 g, 25.9 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) at 5-10° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hours, warmed to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken in EtOAc and washed twice with saturated NaHCO[0453] 3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on a silica gel column (choloroform: methanol, 99:1) to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • [0454] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 3.9 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H); 7.3 (m, 1H); 7.4 (d, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2-methoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0455]
  • To a stirred solution of 4-(2-Methoxybenzyloxy)acetophenone (Step A, 1.22 g, 4.7 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) and DMPU (5 ml) was added a solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M, 5 ml) under argon at −60° C. After 10 minutes of stirring at −60° C., ethyl bromoacetate (2.59 g, 15.6 mmol) was added rapidly. The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature for 2 hours. [0456]
  • The crude mixture was taken in EtOAc and washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted one more time with EtOAc and combined organic layers were dried over Na[0457] 2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 4:1) to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • [0458] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 3.8 (s, 3H); 4.1(q, 2H); 5.1(s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.1-7.3 (m, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Methoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0459]
  • A solution of Ethyl 4-(4-(2-methoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step B, 1.49 g, 4.3 mmol) in abs ethanol (20 ml) was treated with 1N NaOH (6 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then acidified with 1M HCl. The resulting white solid was filtered, washed with cold water and dried under vacuum to provide the title compound. [0460]
  • [0461] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3: CD3OD): 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 3.8 (s, 3H); 5.1(s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 2H); 7.8 (d, 2H).
    • Example 3 Synthesis of 3-[(4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methylthio]propionic acid
  • [0462]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00111
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-Hydroxybenzyl bromide: [0463]
  • To a stirred solution of PBr[0464] 3 (1.38 g, 5.0 mmol) in dry THF (2 ml) at −5° C. was added a solution of dry pyridine (0.201 ml) in dry THF (0.4 ml). A solution of 4-Hydroxybenzyl alcohol (1.89 g, 15.2 mmol) in dry THF (23 ml) was added drop wise to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was allowed to stand at room temperature for 18 hours, then diluted with THF and filtered through celite pad. The filtrate was evaporated, the resulting semisolid was redissolved in dry toluene (16 ml). The solution was maintained at −20° C. for 2 hours, and then filtered through celite pad to provide the title compound as a light yellow solution which was used without further purification.
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 3-((4-hydroxyphenyl)-methylthio)propionate: [0465]
  • To a solution of NaH (60% dispersed in oil, 0.731 g, 21.7 mmol) in dry DMF (15 ml) was added Ethyl 3-mercaptopropionate (2.66 g, 19.8 mmol). When the evolution of hydrogen ceased, 4-Hydroxybenzyl bromide from Step A was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature, quenched with sat. NH[0466] 4Cl and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layer was washed one more time with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (dichloromethane: ethyl acetate, 95:5) to provide the title compound.
  • [0467] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 2.4-2.6 (m, 4H); 3.6 (s, 2H); 4.1 (q, 2H); 6.7 (d, 2H); 7.2 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 3-((4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methylthio)propionate: [0468]
  • To a solution of NaH (60% dispersed in oil, 0.054 g, 1.3 mmol) in dry DMF (10 ml) was added Ethyl 3-((4-hydroxyphenyl)-methylthio)propionate (Step B, 2.5 g, 1.0 mmol). When the evolution of hydrogen ceased, 2-Fluorobenzyl bromide (0.263 g, 1.3 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature, quenched with sat. NH[0469] 4Cl, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was taken in EtOAc and washed twice with water and brine. The aqueous layer was washed one more time with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 4:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0470] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 2.4-2.6 (m, 4H); 3.6 (s, 2H); 4.2 (q, 2H); 5.15 (s, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H); 7.5 (t, 1H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 3-((4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methylthio)propionic acid: [0471]
  • To a solution of Ethyl 3-((4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methylthio)propionate (Step C, 0.122 g, 0.35 mmol) in ethanol (5 ml) was added 1N NaOH (0.5 ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours, acidified with 1M HCl and concentrated in vacuo to give white solid which was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 92.5:7.5 spiked with acetic acid) to provide the title compound as a white solid. [0472]
  • [0473] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4-2.6 (m, 4H); 3.7 (s, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H); 7.5 (t, 1H).
    • Example 4 Synthesis of 4-(4-(3-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0474]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00112
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(3-Fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0475]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step A, using 3-Fluorobenzyl bromide as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0476]
  • [0477] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0 (m, 3H); 7.2-7.3 (t, 2H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0478]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0479]
  • [0480] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (s, 9H); 2.7 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0 (m, 3H); 7.2 (t, 2H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(3-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0481]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0482]
  • [0483] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 3H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 2H);7.4 (q, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 5 Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0484]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00113
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(4-Fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0485]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step A, using 4-Fluorobenzyl bromide as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0486]
  • [0487] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.1 (t, 2H); 7.4 (m, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0488]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step B, the title compound was obtained [0489]
  • [0490] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (s, 9H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0 (m, 2H); 7.2 (t, 2H); 7.4 (m, 2H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(4-Fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0491]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0492]
  • [0493] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (d, 2H);7.4 (m, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 6 Synthesis of 4-(4-((2-Pyridinyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0494]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00114
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-((2-Pyridinyl)-methoxy)acetophenone: [0495]
  • A solution of 4-Hydroxyacetophenone (1.99 g, 14.6 mmol) in dry DMF (5 ml) was added at room temperature to a suspension of NaH (60% in oil, 0.604 g) in dry DMF (20 ml). [0496]
  • When evolution of hydrogen ceased, 2-Picolyl chloride hydrochloride (2 g, 12.1 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, quenched with sat aq. NH[0497] 4Cl and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layer was washed twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 1:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0498] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 1H); 7.5 (d, 1H); 7.7 (t, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H); 8.6 (s, 1H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-((2-pyridinyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0499]
  • To a stirred solution of 4-((2-Pyridinyl)-methoxy)acetophenone (Step A, 0.968 g, 3.6 mmol) in dry THF (16 ml) and DMPU (4 ml) was added a solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M, 5 ml) at −60° C. under argon. After stirring for 10 minutes at −60° C., tert-Butyl bromoacetate (2.64 g, 13.5 mmol) was added rapidly. The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature for 4 hours. The crude mixture was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layer was extracted one more time with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na[0500] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0501] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (s, 9H); 2.7 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.3 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 1H); 7.5 (d, 1H); 7.7 (t, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H); 8.6 (s, 1H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-((2-Pyridinyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0502]
  • A solution of tert-Butyl 4-(4-((2-pyridinyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step C, 1.27 g, 4.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 ml) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (5 ml). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours and concentrated in vacuo. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 95:5 spiked with acetic acid) to provide the title compound as a white solid. [0503]
  • [0504] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3:CD3OD): 2.7 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.3 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.3 (m, 1H); 7.5 (d, 1H); 7.9 (m, 3H); 8.6 (s, 1H).
    • Example 7 Synthesis of 4-(4-(Benzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0505]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00115
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(Benzyloxy)acetophenone: [0506]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step A, using Benzyl bromide as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0507]
  • [0508] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.3-7.5 (m, 5H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0509]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0510]
  • [0511] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (s, 9H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.3-7.5 (m, 5H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(Benzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0512]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0513]
  • [0514] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.3-7.5 (m, 5H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 8 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0515]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00116
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0516]
  • A solution of 4-Hydroxyacetophenone (3.61 g, 26.5 mmol) in dry DMF (5 ml) was added at room temperature to a suspension of NaH (60% in oil, 1.21 g) in dry DMF (40 ml). [0517]
  • When evolution of hydrogen ceased, 2,6-Difluorobenzyl bromide (5 g, 24.1 mmol) was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours, quenched with sat aq. NH[0518] 4Cl and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layer was extracted one more time with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex:ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0519] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0520]
  • To a stirred solution of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone (Step A, 0.6 g, 22.8 mmol) in dry THF (60 ml) and DMPU (12 ml) was added a solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M, 30 ml) at −60° C. under argon. After stirring for 10 minutes at −60° C., tert-Butyl bromoacetate (8.97 g, 46 mmol) was added rapidly. The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature for 4 hours. The crude mixture was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layer was extracted one more time with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na[0521] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on a silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • [0522] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (s, 9H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0523]
  • A solution of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step B, 4.76 g, 12.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (40 ml) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml). [0524]
  • The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours and concentrated in vacuo. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 95:5 spiked with acetic acid) to provide the title compound as a white powder. [0525]
  • [0526] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 9 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2-Chlorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0527]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00117
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2-Chlorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0528]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step A, using 2-Chlorobenzyl bromide as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0529]
  • [0530] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.5 (m, 4H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-chlorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0531]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0532]
  • [0533] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (s, 9H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.5 (m, 4H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Chlorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0534]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0535]
  • [0536] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3:CD3OD): 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.3 (m, 1H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 10 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2-(2-Fluorophenyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0537]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00118
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2-(2-fluorophenyl)ethoxy)acetophenone: [0538]
  • Using the method of Example 2, Step A, using 2-Fluorophenethyl alcohol as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0539]
  • [0540] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.3 (s, 3H); 2.9 (t, 2H); 4.2 (t, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.1 (m, 2H); 7.3 (m, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-(2-fluorophenyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0541]
  • Using the method of Example 2, Step B, using tert-Butyl bromoacetate as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0542]
  • [0543] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (s, 9H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (m, 4H); 4.2 (t, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.1 (m, 2H); 7.3 (t, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(2-(2-Fluorophenyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0544]
  • A solution of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-(2-Fluorophenyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step 2, 1.2 g, 3.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 ml) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (10 ml). [0545]
  • The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours and concentrated in vacuo. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 95:5 spiked with acetic acid) to provide the title compound as a white solid. [0546]
  • [0547] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 4.2 (t, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.1 (m, 2H); 7.3 (t, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 11 Synthesis of Ethyl 4-(4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate
  • [0548]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00119
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0549]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0550]
  • [0551] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 1H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0552]
  • To a stirred solution of 4-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone (7.26 g, 29.7 mmol) in dry THF (80 ml) and DMPU (16 ml) was added a solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0 M, 35 ml) at −60° C. under argon. After stirring for 10 minutes at 60° C., Ethyl bromoacetate (10.12 g, 60.5 mmol) was added rapidly. The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature for 4 hours. The crude mixture was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layer was extracted one more time with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na[0553] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on a silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 4:1) to provide the title compound as a white powder.
  • [0554] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 2.7 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.2 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.5 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 12 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0555]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00120
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0556]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step A, using 2-Methylbenzyl bromide as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0557]
  • [0558] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 3H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0559]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0560]
  • [0561] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.5 (s, 9H); 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 3H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0562]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0563]
  • [0564] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 3H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 13 Synthesis of 4-[4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl]-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0565]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00121
  • Step A: Preparation of 2-Fluorobenzyl methanesulfonate: [0566]
  • To a solution of 2-Fluorobenzyl alcohol (10 g, 79.28 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (200 ml) was added triethylamine (12.03 g, 118.9 mmol) under argon at room temperature. [0567]
  • Methanesulfonyl chloride (10.71 g, 93.5 mmol) was added to the above reaction mixture at 0° C., and stirring was continued for another 3 hours. Water (100 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine. The reaction mixture was dried over Na[0568] 2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as an yellow oil which was used without further purification.
  • [0569] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.3 (t, 3H); 2.4-2.6 (m, 4H); 5.25 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.5 (m, 4H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)-ethanol: [0570]
  • A mix of 2-Fluorobenzyl methanesulfonate (Step A, 5 g, 24.5 mmol) and 2-(Methylamino)-ethanol (18.4 g, 244.9 mmol) was heated under argon at 120° C. with stirring for 7 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 90:10 spiked with triethylamine) to provide the title compound. [0571]
  • [0572] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.3 (s, 3H); 2.6 (m, 2H); 3.6 (m, 4H); 6.9-7.5 (m, 4H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)-ethyl chloride: [0573]
  • To a solution of 2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)-ethanol (Step B, 7.51 g, 41 mmol) in dry toluene (50 ml) was added thionyl chloride (16 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and concentrated. The crude mixture was diluted with chloroform and washed with aq NaHCO[0574] 3, water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to provide the title compound which was used without further purification.
  • [0575] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.3 (s, 3H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.6 (t, 2H); 3.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15(m, 2H); 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.4 (t, 1H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)ethoxy)acetophenone: [0576]
  • To a solution of 2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)-ethyl chloride (Step C, 7.48 g, 37 mmol) and 4-Hydroxyacetophenone (10.07 g, 74 mmol) in dry DMF (10 ml) was added K[0577] 2CO3 (7.77 g, 56.2 mmol). The mixture was heated at 80° C. for 6 hours, cooled, quenched with water and extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound as a light yellow oil.
  • [0578] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.35 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.7 (s, 2H); 4.2 (t, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.0-7.15(m, 2H); 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step E: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-[4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl]-4-oxobutyrate: [0579]
  • Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M, 20 ml) was added slowly over 10 minutes to a stirred solution of 4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)ethoxy)acetophenone (Step D, 4.91 g, 16.3 mmol) in dry THF (60 ml) and DMPU (15 ml) at −65° C. under argon. After 15 minutes of stirring, tert-Butyl bromoacetate (6.35 g, 32.6 mmol) was added rapidly. The stirring continued for an additional 10 minutes at −65° C. and then reaction was warmed to room temperature for 2 hours, quenched with water and extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex:ethyl acetate, 1:1) to provide the title compound. [0580]
  • [0581] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3):1.5 (s, 9H); 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H) 3.7 (br, 2H); 4.2 (br, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.0-7.15(m, 2H); 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step F: Preparation of 4-[4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl]-4-oxobutyric acid: [0582]
  • A solution of tert-Butyl 4-[4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamine)ethoxy)phenyl]-4-oxobutyrate (Step E, 2.23 g, 5.3 mol) in dichloromethane (20 ml) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (10 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours, and concentrated in vacuo. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 92.5:7.5-90:10 spiked with acetic acid) to provide the title compound. [0583]
  • [0584] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3:CD3OD): 2.5 (t, 2H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 3.0 (t, 2H); 3.4 (t, 2H); 4.2-4.5 (m, 4H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.0-7.15(m, 2H); 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.5 (t, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 14 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0585]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00122
  • Step A: Preparation of 3-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0586]
  • Using the method of Example 12, Step A, using 3-Hydroxyacetophenone as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0587]
  • [0588] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.3 (s, 3H); 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 4H); 7.4 (m, 2H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(3-(2-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0589]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0590]
  • [0591] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.5 (s, 9H); 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 4H); 7.4 (m, 2H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(3-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0592]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step C, the title compound was obtained [0593]
  • [0594] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 4H); 7.4 (m, 2H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
    • Example 15 Synthesis of Ethyl 4-(3-(2-fluorobenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate
  • [0595]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00123
  • Step A: Preparation of 3-(2-Fluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0596]
  • Using the method of Example 1, Step A, using 3-Hydroxyacetophenone as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0597]
  • [0598] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 7.1 (m, 4H); 7.3 (m, 2H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0599]
  • Using the method of Example 11, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0600]
  • [0601] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.3 (s, 9H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (t, 2H); 7.2 (d, 2H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.5 (t, 1H); 7.6 (d, 2H).
    • Example 16 Synthesis of Ethyl 4-(4-(2-methylbenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate
  • [0602]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00124
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2-Methylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0603]
  • Using the method of Example 12, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0604]
  • [0605] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 3H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0606]
  • Using the method of Example 11, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0607]
  • [0608] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.7 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.2 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 3H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
    • Example 17 Synthesis of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate
  • [0609]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00125
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0610]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step A, the title compound was obtained [0611]
  • [0612] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0613]
  • To a stirred solution of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone (Step A, . . . 6 g, 22.8 mmol) in dry THF (60 ml) and DMPU (12 ml) was added a solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M, 30 ml) at −60° C. under argon. After stirring for 10 minutes at −60° C., Ethyl bromoacetate (7.61 g, 45.6 mmol) was added rapidly. The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature for 4 hours. The crude mixture was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layer was extracted one more time with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na[0614] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 4:1) to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • [0615] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.3 (t, 3H); 2.8 (t, 3H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.1 (q, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 18 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2-(2-Thienyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0616]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00126
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2-(2-Thienyl)ethoxy)acetophenone: [0617]
  • Using the method of Example 2, Step A, using 2-(2-Thienyl)ethanol as the starting material and purification by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethylacetate, 3:1), the title compound was obtained. [0618]
  • [0619] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 4.2 (t, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H); 7.2 (d, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2-(2-thienyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0620]
  • Using the method of Example 2, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0621]
  • [0622] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.3 (t, 3H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (m, 4H); 4.1 (q, 2H); 4.2 (t, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H); 7.2 (d, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(2-(2-Thienyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0623]
  • Using the method of Example 2, Step C, the title compound was obtained [0624]
  • [0625] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (m, 4H); 4.2 (t, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H); 7.2 (d, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 19 Synthesis of 4-(2,6-Difluorophenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0626]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00127
  • Step A: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0627]
  • To a stirred solution of 2,6-Difluoroacetophenone (5 g, 32 mmol) in dry THF (40 ml) and DMPU (8 ml) was added a solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M, 45 ml) at −60° C. under argon. After stirring for 10 minutes at −60° C., tert-Butyl bromoacetate (6.99 g, 35.8 mmol) was added rapidly. The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature for 4 hours. The crude mixture was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layer was extracted one more time with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na[0628] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on a silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0629] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (s, 9H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 2H); 7.4 (m, 1H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Compound AS: [0630]
  • A solution of tert-Butyl 4-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step A, 9.52 g, 35.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 ml) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 95:5 spiked with acetic acid) to provide the title compound as a white solid. [0631]
  • [0632] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 2H); 7.4 (m, 1H)
    • Example 20 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2,5-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0633]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00128
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2,5-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0634]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step A, using 2,5-Dimethylbenzyl chloride as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0635]
  • [0636] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.3 (s, 3H); 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.2 (m, 5H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,5-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0637]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0638]
  • [0639] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.3 (s, 6H); 2.8(t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 3H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(2,5-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0640]
  • To a solution of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,5-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step B, 2.62 g, 7.7 mmol) in abs ethanol (30 ml) was added 1N NaOH (10 ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours and then acidified with 1M HCl. The occuring white precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried under vacuum to provide the title compound as a white solid. [0641]
  • [0642] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.3 (s, 6H); 2.8(t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 3H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
    • Example 21 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2,5-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0643]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00129
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2,5-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0644]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step A, using 2,5-Difluorolbenzyl bromide as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0645]
  • [0646] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 3H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,5-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0647]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0648] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 3H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(2,5-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0649]
  • To a solution of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,5-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step B, 16.51 g, 47.4 mmol) in abs ethanol (100 ml) was added 1N NaOH (40 ml) at room temperature. [0650]
  • The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours, acidified with 1 M HCl and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was taken in chloroform and washed with water. The aqueous layer was washed one more time with chloroform. The combined organic layers were dried over Na[0651] 2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 95:5 spiked with acetic acid) to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • [0652] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 3H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
    • Example 22 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2,4-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0653]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00130
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2,4-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0654]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step A, using 2,4-Difluorolbenzyl bromide as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0655]
  • [0656] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5(s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,4-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0657]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0658]
  • [0659] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(2,4-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0660]
  • Using the method of Example 21, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0661]
  • [0662] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
    • Example 23 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0663]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00131
  • Step A: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0664]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step A, using 3-Hydroxyacetophenone as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0665]
  • [0666] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 2H); 7.2 (m, 1H); 7.4 (m, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0667]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0668]
  • [0669] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.8(t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4(q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 2H); 7.2 (m, 1H); 7.4 (m, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0670]
  • Using the method of Example 21, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0671]
  • [0672] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8(t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 2H); 7.2 (m, 1H); 7.4 (m, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 24 Synthesis of 4-(4-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0673]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00132
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)acetophenone: [0674]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step A, using Cyclopropylmethyl bromide as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0675]
  • [0676] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 0.4 (m, 2H); 0.6 (m, 2H); 1.2 (m, 1H); 2.5 (s, 3H); 3.8 (d, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-((cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0677]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0678]
  • [0679] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 0.4 (m, 2H); 0.6 (m, 2H); 1.2 (m, 1H); 1.4 (s, 9H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 3.8 (d, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0680]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0681]
  • [0682] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 0.4 (m, 2H); 0.6 (m, 2H); 1.2 (m, 1H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 3.8 (d, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 25 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2-Trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0683]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00133
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2-Trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0684]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step A, using 2-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0685]
  • [0686] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.3 (s, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (t, 1H); 7.7 (d, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0687]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0688]
  • [0689] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (s, 9H); 2.7 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.3 (s, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (t, 1H); 7.7 (d, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(4-(2-Trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0690]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0691]
  • [0692] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.3 (s, 2H); 6.9 (d, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (t, 1H); 7.7 (t, 2H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 26 Synthesis of 3-[(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methylthio]propionic acid
  • [0693]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00134
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-Hydroxybenzyl bromide: [0694]
  • Using the method of Example 3, Step A, the title compound was obtained which was used without further purification. [0695]
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 3-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)-methylthio]propionate: [0696]
  • Using the method of Example 3, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0697]
  • [0698] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 2.4-2.6 (m, 4H); 3.6 (s, 2H); 4.1 (q, 2H); 6.7 (d, 2H); 7.2 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 3-[(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl) methylthio]propionate: [0699]
  • Using the method of Example 3, Step C, using 2,6-Difluorobenzyl bromide as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0700]
  • [0701] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 2.4-2.6 (m, 4H); 3.6 (s, 2H); 4.2 (q, 2H); 5.15 (s, 2H); 6.9 (d, 4H); 7.2-7.4 (m, 3H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 3-[(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methylthio]propionic acid: [0702]
  • Using the method of Example 3, Step D, the title compound was obtained. [0703]
  • [0704] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5-2.6 (m, 4H); 3.7 (s, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.2-7.4 (m, 3H).
    • Example 27 Synthesis of 4-(2-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0705]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00135
  • Step A: Preparation of 2-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0706]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step A, using 2-Hydroxyacetophenone as the starting material, the title compound was obtained. [0707] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 3H); 7.1 (d, 1H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.5 (t, 1H); 7.8 (d, 1H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(2-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0708]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0709]
  • [0710] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.1 (q, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 3H); 7.1 (d, 1H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.5 (t, 1H); 7.8 (d, 1H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(2-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0711]
  • Using the method of Example 21, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0712]
  • [0713] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 3H); 7.1 (d, 1H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.5 (t, 1H); 7.8 (d, 1H).
    • Example 28 Synthesis of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-3-oxobutyrate
  • [0714]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00136
  • Step A: Preparation of Ethyl 4-hydroxybenzylate: [0715]
  • To a stirred solution of 4-Hydroxybenzyl alcohol (4 g, 26.28 mmol) in dry DMF (15 ml), pyridine (1 ml) and N,N-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (6.50 g, 31.5 mmol) was added abs EtOH (3.26 g, 78.84 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound. [0716]
  • [0717] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 3.5 (s, 2H); 4.1 (q, 2H); 6.7 (d, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)benzylate: [0718]
  • To a solution of NaH (60% dispersed in oil, 0.393 g, 9.8 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) was added Ethyl 4-hydroxybenzylate (Step A, 1.59 g, 8.8 mmol). When the evolution of hydrogen ceased, 2,6-Difluorobenzyl bromide (1.64 g, 7.9 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature, quenched with sat. NH[0719] 4Cl, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken in EtOAc and washed twice with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0720] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 3.5 (s, 2H); 4.1 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9 (m, 4H); 7.2-7.4 (m, 3H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)benzylic acid: [0721]
  • To a stirred solution of Ethyl 4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)benzylate (Step B, 2.14 g, 6.9 mmol) in abs EtOH (30 ml) was added 1N NaOH (10 ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours, acidified by 1M HCl and filtered. The white precipitate was washed with water and dried under high vacuum to provide the title compound. [0722]
  • [0723] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 3.6 (s, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9 (m, 4H); 7.2-7.4 (m, 3H).
  • Step D: preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)benzylcarbonyl chloride: [0724]
  • Thionyl chloride (10 ml) was added to 4-(2,6 Difluorobenzyloxy)benzylic acid (Step C, 1.61 g, 5.79 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 hours and concentrated in vacuo to provide light yellow oil which was used without further purification. [0725]
  • Step E: Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-3-oxobutyrate: [0726]
  • To a solution of Meldrum's acid (0.846 g, 5.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) was added pyridine (2 ml) over a period of 10 minutes at 0° C. To this solution was added 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)benzylcarbonyl chloride (Step D, 1.71 g, 5.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml), which resulted in an orange solution. The dark orange solution was stirred for 1 hour at 0° C., allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for an additional hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and poured onto 2M HCl and ice. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed twice with 2M HCl and brine, dried over Na[0727] 2SO4, filtered and concentrated to a solid. The solid was suspended in abs EtOH (15 ml) and refluxed for 2.5 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give a dark oil. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex:ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • [0728] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 3.4 (s, 2H); 3.7 (s, 2H); 4.2 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9 (m, 4H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.3 (m, 1H).
    • Example 29 Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl)thio-1H-1,2,4-triazole
  • [0729]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00137
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0730]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0731]
  • [0732] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 2-Bromo-1-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-1-Ethanone: [0733]
  • To a stirred solution of copper (2) bromide (3.70 g, 16.6 mmol) in ethyl acetate (20 ml) was added a solution of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone (Step A, 2.74 g, 10.4 mmol) in chloroform (20 ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 hours and then water was added. The crude mixture was extracted twice with EtOAc. [0734]
  • The organic layers were combined and washed with water, brine, dried over Na[0735] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex:ethyl acetate, 4:1) to provide the title compound as a white flaky solid.
  • [0736] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 4.4 (s, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H), 7.3 (m, 1H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 3-(2-(4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl)thio-1H-1,2,4-triazole: [0737]
  • To a solution of 1H-1,2,4-Triazole-3-thiol (0.250 g, 2.4 mmol) and triethylamine (2.50 g, 2.4 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (20 ml) was added 2-Bromo-1-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-1-Ethanone (Step B, 0.851 g, 2.4 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (5 ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 50 minutes and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was taken in EtOAc and washed with. 1M HCl, and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na[0738] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 9:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0739] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 4.5 (s, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.8-7.0 (m, 4H), 7.2 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H); 8.0 (s, 1H).
    • Example 30 Synthesis of 5-((4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methyl)-1H-tetrazole
  • [0740]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00138
  • Step A: Preparation of (4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-acetonitrile: [0741]
  • To a solution of 4-Hydroxybenzyl cyanide (5 g, 37.5 mmol) and K[0742] 2CO3 (6.74 g, 48.8 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) was added 2,6-Difluorobenzyl bromide (7.77 g, 37.5 mmol).
  • The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layer was washed one more time with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na[0743] 2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • [0744] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 3.65 (s, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.2-7.4 (m, 3H);
  • Step B: Preparation of 5-((4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-methyl)-1H-tetrazole: [0745]
  • A mixture of (4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-acetonitrile (Step A, 5 g, 19.3 mmol), NaN[0746] 3 (1.3 g, 20 mmol), and NH4Cl (1.06 g, 20 mmol) in dry DMF (60 ml) was heated at 90° C. for 16 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the oily residue was partitioned between EtOAc and water (acidified to pH 1 with conc. HCl). The organic layer was washed with water, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to a brown semisolid. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 9:1) to provide the title compound as a light creamy solid.
  • [0747] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 4.0 (s, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.7-6.9 (m, 4H); 7.0 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 1H).
    • Example 31 Synthesis of (2RS) 2-(N-Boc)-3-[2-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl]thiopropionic acid
  • [0748]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00139
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0749]
  • To a solution of 4-Hydroxyacetophenone (3.28 g, 24 mmol) and K[0750] 2CO3 (4.33 g, 31.3 mmol) in dry DMF (15 ml) was added 2,6-Difluorobenzyl bromide (5 g, 24.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours, quenched with water and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was taken in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0751] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 2-Bromo-1-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-1-Ethanone: [0752]
  • Using the method of Example 29, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0753]
  • [0754] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 4.4 (s, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H), 7.3 (m, 1H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl (2RS) 2-(N-Boc)-3-[2-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl]thiopropionate: [0755]
  • To a stirred solution of 2-Bromo-1-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-1-Ethanone (Step B, 2.07 g, 8.3 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (20 ml) and triethylamine (8.39 g, 83 mmol) was added Boc-Cys-OEt (2.94 g, 8.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was taken in EtOAc, washed with 0.1M HCl, and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na[0756] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 97.5:2.5) to provide the title compound.
  • [0757] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 1.4 (s, 9H); 3.0 (m, 2H); 3.8 (s, 2H); 4.2 (q, 2H); 4.5 (br, 1H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 5.4 (d, 1H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H); 7.3 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of (2RS) 2-(N-Boc)-3-[2-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl]thiopropionic acid: [0758]
  • To a solution of Ethyl (2RS) 2-(N-Boc)-3-[2-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl]thiopropionate (Step C, 0.761 g, 1.5 mmol) in abs EtOH (10 ml) was added 1N NaOH (3 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours, acidified with 1M HCl and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was taken in chloroform, and washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na[0759] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 92.7:7.5) to provide the title compound.
  • [0760] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (s, 9H); 3.0 (t, 2H); 4.0 (q, 2H); 4.5 (br, 1H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 5.4 (d, 1H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H); 7.3 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 32 Synthesis of Ethyl 2-Hydroxy-4-oxo-4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl) but-2-enoate
  • [0761]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00140
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0762]
  • Using the method of example 31, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0763]
  • [0764] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 2-Hydroxy-4-oxo-4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl) but-2-enoate: [0765]
  • A mixture of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone (Step A, 5.64 g, 21.5 mmol) and diethyl oxalate (3.14 g, 21.5 mmol) was added to an ice-cooled solution of NaOEt (0.490 g, 22.4 mmol of metallic Na) in abs EtOH (25 ml). After being allowed to stand overnight at room temperature, the mixture was diluted with water (50 ml), acidified with 10% HCl, and extracted thrice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na[0766] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 4:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0767] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.4 (t, 3H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 5H); 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
    • Example 33 Synthesis of (2RS) 2-(N-Acetyl)-4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0768]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00141
  • Step A: Preparation of 4-(2,6-Difluorobenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0769]
  • Using the method of example 31, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0770]
  • [0771] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.0 (m, 4H); 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 2-Bromo-1-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-1-Ethanone: [0772]
  • Using the method of Example 29, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0773]
  • [0774] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 4.4 (s, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H), 7.3 (m, 1H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Diethyl (N-Acetyl)(2-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl)propanedioate: [0775]
  • To a solution of Diethyl acetamidomalonate (0.949 g, 4.3 mmol) and NaOEt (0.301 g, 4.4 mmol) in abs EtOH (25 ml) was added 2-Bromo-1-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-1-Ethanone (Step B, 1.42 g, 4.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was partitioned between EtOAc and 0.01 N NaOH. The organic layer was washed with water and 0.001 M HCl, dried over Na[0776] 2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0777] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 6H); 2.0 (s, 3H); 4.2-4.3 (m, 6H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H), 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of (2RS) 2-(N-Acetyl)-4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0778]
  • To a solution of Diethyl (N-Acetyl)(2-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-2-oxoethyl)propanedioate (Step C, 1.28 g, 2.6 mmol) in water (20 ml) was added NaOH (0.529 g, 13.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 hours, then glacial acetic acid (18 ml) was added and refluxing continued for an additional 3 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol, 9:1) to provide the title compound. [0779]
  • [0780] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3:CD3OD): 2.0 (s, 3H); 3.5 (m, 2H); 4.8 (t, 1H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 4H), 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H); 7.9 (d, 2H).
    • Example 34 Synthesis of 4-(3-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0781]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00142
  • Step A: Preparation of 3-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)acetophenone: [0782]
  • Using the method of Example 31, Step A, using Cyclopropylmethyl bromide and 3-Hydroxyacetophenone as the starting materials, the title compound was obtained. [0783]
  • [0784] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 0.4 (m, 2H); 0.6 (m, 2H); 1.2 (m, 1H); 2.5 (s, 3H); 3.8 (d, 2H); 7.1 (m, 1H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.5-7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of tert-Butyl 4-(3-((cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0785]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0786]
  • [0787] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 0.4 (m, 2H); 0.6 (m, 2H); 1.2 (m, 1H);1.4 (s, 9H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 3.8 (d, 2H); 7.1 (m, 1H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.5-7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(3-((Cyclopropyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0788]
  • Using the method of Example 8, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0789]
  • [0790] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 0.4 (m, 2H); 0.6 (m, 2H); 1.2 (m, 1H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 3.8 (d, 2H); 7.1 (m, 1H); 7.4 (m, 1H); 7.5-7.6 (m, 2H).
    • Example 35 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0791]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00143
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [0792]
  • To a solution of 2,6-dimethylbenzoic acid (10 g, 66.5 mmol) and potassium carbonate (9.18 g, 66.5 mmol) in dimethylformamide (67 ml), was added methyl iodide (8.28 ml, 133.16 ml) in an ice bath, and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. To the reaction mixture was added toluene and water, and the organic layer was washed with 3% K[0793] 2CO3, 1N HCl, and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The oily residue was redissolved in dry THF (135 ml), added to LiAlH4 (3.79 g, 99.8 mmol), and stirred for 4 hours in an ice bath. To the reaction mixture was added 1N HCl slowly followed by ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The oily residue was used without further purification.
  • [0794] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 0.2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0795]
  • To a stirred solution of 3′-Hydroxyacetophenone (8.07 g, 59.24 mmol) and Triphenylphosphine (16.93 g, 64.5 mmol) in dry THF (180 ml) was added dropwise 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl alcohol (8.05 g, 59.24 mmol) and diethyl azodicarboxylate (11.24 g, 64.57 mmol) in dry THF (45 ml) and dry DMF (18 ml) at ambient temperature. After stirring for 1.5 hours at ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with ether and washed twice with water, 1N NaOH and brine, dried over Na[0796] 2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 2:1) to provide the title compound.
  • [0797] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0798]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0799]
  • [0800] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8(t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0801]
  • To a solution of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step C, 12.31 g, 36.2 mmol) in abs ethanol (160 ml) was added 1N NaOH (50 ml) at room temperature. [0802]
  • The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours and then acidified with 1M HCl. The occuring white precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried under vacuum to provide the title compound as a white solid. [0803]
  • [0804] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8(t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
    • Example 36 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • [0805]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00144
  • Step A: Preparation of 2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzoic Acid: [0806]
  • Synthesized as described in Example 89(d) of International Patent Publication No. WO 97/34893, page 43. [0807]
  • Step B: Preparation of 2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyl Alcohol: [0808]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0809]
  • [0810] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 3H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 6.85 (t, 1H); 6.95 (d, 1H); 7.15 (m, 1H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 3-(2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0811]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0812]
  • [0813] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (m, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0814]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0815]
  • [0816] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step E: Preparation of 4-(3-(2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0817]
  • To a solution of Ethyl 4-(3-(2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step D, 8.56 g, 24.9 mmol) in abs ethanol (100 ml) was added 1N NaOH (40 ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours, acidified with 1M HCl and concentrated. The residue was taken in chloroform and washed with 0.1 M HCl, brine, dried over Na[0818] 2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol 95:5 spiked with acetic acid) to provide the title compound as white solid.
  • [0819] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 3H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9-7.1 (m, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
    • Example 37 Synthesis of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate
  • [0820]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00145
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [0821]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0822]
  • [0823] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0824]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0825]
  • [0826] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0827]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0828]
  • [0829] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
    • Example 38 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid Sodium salt:
  • [0830]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00146
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [0831]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0832]
  • [0833] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0834]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0835]
  • [0836] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0837]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0838]
  • [0839] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8(t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0840]
  • Using the method of Example 36, Step E, the title compound was obtained. [0841]
  • [0842] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step E: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid Sodium salt: The 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid (Step D, 5.5 g, 17.6 mmol) was dissolved in abs ethanol (20 ml) by warming gently followed by addition of NaOH (0.705 g) at 0° C. temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for one hour, concentrated in vaccuo and lyophilized to give as a white solid. [0843]
  • [0844] 1H NMR (270 MHz, D2O): 2.0 (s, 6H); 2.5 (t, 2H); 3.0 (t, 2H); 4.8 (s, 2H); 6.8 (d, 2H); 6.9 (m, 2H); 7.2 (t, 1H); 7.5 (d, 2H).
    • Example 39 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0845]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00147
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [0846]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0847]
  • [0848] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 4-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0849]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0850]
  • [0851] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.2 (m, 5H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0852]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0853]
  • [0854] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.2 (m, 5H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 4-(4-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0855]
  • Using the method of Example 36, Step E, the title compound was obtained. [0856]
  • [0857] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.2 (m, 5H); 8.0 (d, 2H).
    • Example 40 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid Potassium salt:
  • [0858]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00148
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [0859]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0860]
  • [0861] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0862]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0863]
  • [0864] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.3 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.45 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0865]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0866]
  • [0867] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.45 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0868]
  • Using the method of Example 36, Step E, the title compound was obtained. [0869]
  • [0870] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.5 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 2H); 7.45 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step E: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid Potassium salt: The 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid (Step D, 6.0 g, 19.4 mmol) was dissolved in abs ethanol (20 ml) by warming gently followed by addition of KOH (1.21 g) at 0° C. temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for one hour, concentrated in vaccuo and lyophilized to give the title compound as white solid. [0871]
  • [0872] 1H NMR (270 MHz, D2O): 2.3 (s, 6H); 2.5 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 2H); 7.45 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
    • Example 41 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0873]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00149
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethoxylbenzyl Alcohol: [0874]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0875]
  • [0876] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 3.9 (s, 6H); 4.8 (s, 2H); 6.5 (d, 2H); 7.25 (m, 1H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethoxybenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0877]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0878]
  • [0879] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.6 (s, 3H); 3.9 (s, 6H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.6 (d, 2H); 7.3 (m, 3H); 7.5 (d, 1H); 7.7 (d, 1H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0880]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0881]
  • [0882] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 3.8 (s, 6H); 4.1(q, 2H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.5 (d, 2H); 7.3-7.4 (m, 3H); 7.6 (d, 1H); 7.7 (d, 1H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-dimethoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0883]
  • Using the method of Example 36, Step E, the title compound was obtained. [0884]
  • [0885] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 3.8 (s, 6H); 5.2 (s, 2H); 6.5 (d, 2H); 7.3-7.4 (m, 3H); 7.6 (d, 1H); 7.7 (d, 1H).
    • Example 42 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2,2-dimethylbutyric acid:
  • [0886]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00150
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [0887]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0888]
  • [0889] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0890]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0891]
  • [0892] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2,2-dimethylbutyrate: [0893]
  • To a stirred solution of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone (Step B, 4.11 g, 16.1 mmol) in dry THF (60 ml) and DMPU (12 ml) was added a solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M, 17.74 ml) at −60° C. under argon. After stirring for 10 minutes at −60° C., Ethyl 2-bromoisobutyrate (4.73 g, 24.2 mmol) was added rapidly. The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature for 4 hours. The crude mixture was taken in EtOAc and washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted one more time with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na[0894] 2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (hex: ethyl acetate, 4:1) to provide the title compound as white solid.
  • [0895] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 1.3 (s, 6H); 2.3 (s, 6H); 3.3 (s, 2H); 4.1 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2,2-dimethylbutyric acid: [0896]
  • Using the method of Example 36, Step E, the title compound was obtained. [0897]
  • [0898] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.3 (s, 6H); 2.3 (s, 6H); 3.3 (s, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
    • Example 43 Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • [0899]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00151
  • Step A: Preparation of 3-(4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)acetophenone: [0900]
  • Using the method of Example 31, Step A, using 4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide and 3-Hydroxyacetophenone as the starting materials, the title compound was obtained. [0901]
  • [0902] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.4-7.6 (m, 6H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0903]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0904]
  • [0905] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.3 (t, 3H); 2.7 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 4.1 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.4-7.6 (m, 6H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(3-(4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0906]
  • Using the method of Example 36, Step E, the title compound was obtained. [0907]
  • [0908] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.7 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.4-7.6 (m, 6H).
    • Example 44 Synthesis of 4-(3-((Cyclobutyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid
  • [0909]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00152
  • Step A: Preparation of 3-((Cyclobutyl)-methoxy)acetophenone: [0910]
  • Using the method of Example 31, Step A, using Cyclobutylmethyl bromide and 3-Hydroxyacetophenone as the starting materials, the title compound was obtained. [0911]
  • [0912] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.9 (m, 4H); 2.1 (m, 2H); 2.5 (s, 3H); 2.7 (m, 1H); 4.0 (d, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 1H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.5-7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-((cyclobutyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0913]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step C, the title compound was obtained. [0914]
  • [0915] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 1.9 (m, 4H); 2.1 (m, 2H); 2.7 (m, 1H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 4.0 (d, 2H); 4.1 (q, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 1H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.5-7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 4-(3-((Cyclobutyl)-methoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0916]
  • Using the method of Example 36, Step E, the title compound was obtained. [0917]
  • [0918] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.9 (m, 4H); 2.1 (m, 2H); 2.7 (m, 1H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 4.0 (d, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 1H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.5-7.6 (m, 2H).
    • Example 45 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)butyric acid
  • [0919]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00153
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [0920]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0921]
  • [0922] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0923]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0924]
  • [0925] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0926]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0927]
  • [0928] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [0929]
  • Using the method of Example 36, Step E, the title compound was obtained. [0930]
  • [0931] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step E: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)butyric acid: [0932]
  • A solution of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid (Step D, 3 g, 9.6 mmol), hydrazine (1.41 ml, 28.8 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (1.61 g, 28.8 mmol) in ethylene glycol (12 ml) was refluxed for 4 h, water (18 ml) and 6 N HCl (10 ml) were added to the reaction mixture. The crude reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dried over Na[0933] 2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol 95:5 spiked with acetic acid) to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • [0934] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (m, 8H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
    • Example 46 Synthesis of 4-[[4-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)-3-methoxy]phenyl]-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • [0935]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00154
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [0936]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0937]
  • [0938] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 4-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)-3-methoxyacetophenone: [0939]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0940]
  • [0941] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 3.9 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-[[4-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)-3-methoxy]phenyl]-4-oxobutyrate: [0942]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0943]
  • [0944] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 3.9 (s, 3H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.2 (m, 4H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 4-[[4-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)-3-methoxy]phenyl]-4-oxobutyric acid: [0945]
  • Using the method of Example 36, Step E, the title compound was obtained. [0946]
  • [0947] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 3.9 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.2 (m, 4H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
    • Example 47 Synthesis of 4-{3-[((4-Trifluoromethylbenzylamino)-carbonyl)-4-methoxy]phenyl}-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • [0948]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00155
  • Step A: Preparation of Methyl 2-methoxy-5-acetylbenzoate: [0949]
  • To a stirred solution of Methyl 2-hydroxy-5-acetylbenzoate (12 g, 61.7 mmol) in DMF (200 ml) was added cesium carbonate (24.15 g, 74.1 mmol) and MeI (9.64 g, 68 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at 0° C. and then diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with aq Na[0950] 2S2O5, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (ethyl acetate:hexane 1:2) to provide the title compound as an off white solid.
  • [0951] 1H NMR (270 MHz, DMSO): 2.6 (s, 3H); 3.8 (s, 3H); 3.9 (s, 3H); 7.3 (d, 1H); 8.1 (dd, 1H); 8.2 (s, 1H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 2-Methoxy-5-acetylbenzoic acid: Methyl 2-methoxy-5-acetylbenzoate (Step A, 3 g, 14.4 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (80 ml) and then treated with c HCl (28 ml). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 4 hours, concentrated under reduced pressure and lyophilized to provide the title compound as cream color solid, which was used without further purification. [0952]
  • [0953] 1H NMR (270 MHz, DMSO): 2.6 (s, 3H); 3.9 (s, 3H); 7.3 (d, 1H); 8.1 (dd, 1H); 8.2 (s, 1H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 5-Acetyl-2-methoxy-N-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]benzamide: [0954]
  • To a stirred solution of 2-Methoxy-5-acetylbenzoic acid (Step B, 2.5 g, 12.8 mmol), HOBt.H[0955] 2O (2.08 g, 15.4 mmol), and EDC (3.70 g, 19.3 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 ml) and DMF (5 ml) was added 4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzylamine (2.48 g, 14.1 mmol), and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and then redissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with 3% K2CO3, 1 N HCl, and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol 95:5) to provide the title compound as white solid.
  • [0956] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.6 (s, 3H); 4.0 (s, 3H); 4.8 (d, 2H); 7.0 (d, 1H); 7.5 (d, 2H); 7.6 (d, 2H); 8.1 (dd, 1H); 8.8 (s, 1H).
  • Step D: Preparation of Ethyl 4-{3-[((4-Trifluoromethylbenzylamino)-carbonyl)-4-methoxy]phenyl}-4-oxobutyrate: [0957]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0958]
  • [0959] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 4.0 (s, 3H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 4.8 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 1H); 7.4 (d, 2H); 7.6 (d, 2H); 8.1 (dd, 1H); 8.8 (s, 1H).
  • Step E: Preparation of 4-{3-[((4-Trifluoromethylbenzylamino)-carbonyl)-4-methoxy]phenyl}-4-oxobutyric acid: [0960]
  • Using the method of Example 36, Step E, the title compound was obtained. [0961]
  • [0962] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3: CD3OD): 2.6 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 4.0 (s, 3H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 1H); 7.4 (d, 2H); 7.6 (d, 2H); 8.1 (dd, 1H); 8.8 (s, 1H).
    • Example 48 Synthesis of 4-{3-[((2,6-Dimethylbenzylamino)-carbonyl)-4-methoxy]phenyl}-4-oxobutyric acid:
  • [0963]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00156
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [0964]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0965]
  • [0966] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of N-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyl)phthalimide: [0967]
  • To a stirred solution of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol (Step A, 6.59 g, 48.4 mmol) in DMSO (20 ml) was added chlorotrimethylsilane (15.75 ml, 145 mmol) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for one hr. To this reaction mixture were added ethyl acetate and water, the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na[0968] 2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give an oil. The oily residue was redissolved in DMF (100 ml) and potassium phthalimide (10.76 g, 58.1 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature, ethyl acetate was added, and the organic layer was washed with 3% Na2CO3, 1 N HCl, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give white solid. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol 95:5) to provide the title compound as white solid.
  • [0969] 1H NMR (270 MHz, DMSO): 2.3 (s, 6H); 4.8 (s, 2H); 7.0 (m, 3H); 7.8 (s, 4H).
  • Step C: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Amine: [0970]
  • To a stirred solution of N-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyl)phthalimide (Step B, 7.77 g, 29.3 mmol) in ethanol (80 ml) was added hydrazine monohydrate (2.16 ml, 44.52 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 3.5 hours. To this reaction mixture was added c HCl to bring pH to 1 and refluxing continued for another 3.5 hours, water was added and reaction mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated and pH was adjusted to 10 with 2 N NaOH. The residue was taken in methylene chloride and washed with brine, dried over Na[0971] 2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give an oil which was used without further purification.
  • [0972] 1H NMR (270 MHz, DMSO): 2.3 (s, 6H); 3.8 (s, 2H); 7.0 (m, 3H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 5-Acetyl-2-methoxy-N-[[2,6-dimethyl)phenyl]methyl]benzamide: [0973]
  • To a stirred solution of 2-Methoxy-5-acetylbenzoic acid (Example 47, Step B, 2.5 g, 12.8 mmol), HOBt (2.08 g, 15.4 mmol), and EDC (3.70 g, 19.3 mmol) in CH[0974] 2Cl2 (20 ml) and DMF (5 ml) was added 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl amine (Step C, 1.72 g, 12.8 mmol), and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and then redissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with 3% K2CO3, 1 N HCl, and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The purification was done by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol 95:5) to provide the title compound as white solid.
  • [0975] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.5 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 3.9 (s, 3H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0 (d, 1H); 7.2 (m, 3H); 7.6 (br, 1H); 8.1 (dd, 1H); 8.8 (s, 1H).
  • Step E: Preparation of Ethyl 4-{3-[((2,6-Dimethylbenzylamino)-carbonyl)-4-methoxy]phenyl}-4-oxobutyrate: [0976]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0977]
  • [0978] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (t, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.7 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 3.9 (s, 3H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0 (m, 3H); 7.2 (m, 1H); 8.1 (dd, 1H); 8.7 (s, 1H).
  • Step F: Preparation of 4-{3-[((2,6-Dimethylbenzylamino)-carbonyl)-4-methoxy]phenyl}-4-oxobutyric acid [0979]
  • Using the method of Example 36, Step E, the title compound was obtained. [0980]
  • [0981] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3: CD3OD): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.7 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 3.9 (s, 3H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0 (m, 3H); 7.2 (m, 1H); 8.1 (dd, 1H); 8.7 (s, 1H).
    • Example 49 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutanecarbohydroxamic acid:
  • [0982]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00157
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [0983]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0984]
  • [0985] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0986]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0987]
  • [0988] 1H NMR (270 MEz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [0989]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [0990]
  • [0991] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutanecarbohydroxamic acid: [0992]
  • To a hydroxylamine hydrochloride solution in dry ethanol, add a solution of potassium hydroxide in dry ethanol at 35° C. Cool the mix and add Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step C), and powdered potassium hydroxide. [0993]
  • After few hours, reaction mixture can be diluted with water and neutralize with hydrochloric acid, filter and recrystallize to give title compound. [0994]
    • Example 50 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyramide
  • [0995]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00158
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [0996]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [0997]
  • [0998] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [0999]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [1000]
  • [1001] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [1002]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [1003]
  • [1004] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid: [1005]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step D, the title compound was obtained. [1006]
  • [1007] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.3 (t, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2-7.3 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step E: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyramide: [1008]
  • To a solution of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid (Step D) in DMF, add triethylamine and BOP, after couple of hours of stirring, reaction mixture can be added to liquid ammonia at −40° C. and the resulting mixture can be warmed for 16 hours to give title compound. [1009]
    • Example 51 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2-butenoic acid
  • [1010]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00159
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [1011]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [1012]
  • [1013] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [1014]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [1015]
  • [1016] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [1017]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [1018]
  • [1019] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-3-bromo-butyrate: To a ice cooled solution of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step C, 3 g, 9 mmol) in dry ether (70 ml) was added dropwise bromine (0.7971 g, 9.9 mmol) diluted in ether (30 ml). After 4 hours of stirring, reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (EtOAc: Hex, 1:4) to provide the title compound. [1020]
  • [1021] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 3.1 (m, 1H); 3.5 (m, 1H); 4.2 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 5.5 (m, 1H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step E: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2-butenoate: [1022]
  • Triethylamine (5.95 g, 58.9 mmol) was added to a solution of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-3-bromo-butyrate (Step D, 2.47 g, 5.8 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (50 ml). After stirring for 4 hours at room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of silica gel few times, and concentrated to give the title compound. [1023]
  • [1024] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.2 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 6.9 (dd, 1H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H); 7.9 (dd, 1H).
  • Step F: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2-butenoic acid: [1025]
  • To a solution of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2-butenoate (Step E) in abs ethanol at low temp, add aqueous sodium hydroxide, after an hour, concentrate and purify by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol 95:5 spiked with acetic acid). [1026]
    • Example 52 Synthesis of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-3-butenoic acid
  • [1027]
    Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00160
  • Step A: Preparation of 2,6-Dimethylbenzyl Alcohol: [1028]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step A, the title compound was obtained. [1029]
  • [1030] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 4.7 (s, 2H); 7.0-7.15 (m, 3H).
  • Step B: Preparation of 3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)acetophenone: [1031]
  • Using the method of Example 35, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [1032]
  • [1033] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (dd, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate: [1034]
  • Using the method of Example 17, Step B, the title compound was obtained. [1035]
  • [1036] 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 1.2 (s, 3H); 2.4 (s, 6H); 2.8 (t, 2H); 3.2 (t, 2H); 4.4 (q, 2H); 5.1 (s, 2H); 7.1 (d, 2H); 7.2 (m, 2H); 7.4 (t, 1H); 7.6 (m, 2H).
  • Step D: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-hydroxy-butyrate: [1037]
  • To a solution of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate (Step C) in tetrahydrofuran, add sodium borohydride dissolved in water, After 3-4 hours of stirring at room temperature, quench with an acid. The organic layer can be taken in dichloromethane, wash with water, aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and brine, dry over Na[1038] 2SO4, filter and concentrate. If needed, the compound can be purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column (EtOAc:Hex).
  • Step E: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-bromo-butyrate: [1039]
  • To a solution of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-hydroxy-butyrate (Step D) in dioxane, add phosphorous tribromide in dioxane dropwise. After stirring at room temperature for 16 hours, quench with water and chloroform. After few minutes, the reaction mixture can be neutralized by mild aqueous base, dry organic layer over Na[1040] 2SO4, filter, concentrate and purify by flash chromatography on silica gel column (EtOAc:hex).
  • Step F: Preparation of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-3-butenoate: Add Triethylamine to a solution of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-bromo-butyrate (Step E) in carbon tetrachloride. After stirring approximately for 4 hours, the mixture can be filtered through a pad of silica gel few times, and concentrate to give the title compound. [1041]
  • Step G: Preparation of 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-3-butenoic acid: [1042]
  • To a solution of Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-3-butenoate (Step F) in abs ethanol at low temp, add aqueous sodium hydroxide, after an hour, concentrate and purify by flash chromatography on silica gel column (chloroform:methanol 95:5 spiked with acetic acid). [1043]
    • BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY EXAMPLES Example A Compound AH Improves Metabolic Abnormalities in Insulin-dependent Diabetes
  • Streptozotocin (STZ) is a toxin that selectively destroys insulin-producing pancreatic beta cells, and is widely used to induce insulin-dependent diabetes in experimental animals. [1044]
  • Female Balb/C mice (8 weeks old; 18-20 grams body weight) were treated with streptozotocin (STZ) (50 mg/kg i.p. on each of five consecutive days). Fourteen days after the last dose of STZ, blood glucose was measured to verify that the animals were diabetic, and the mice were divided into two groups of 5 animals each, one group receiving Compound AH (250 mg/kg) daily by oral gavage, and the other receiving vehicle (0.75% hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, a suspending agent, in water). A group of nondiabetic mice from the same cohort that did not receive STZ were also monitored. Blood samples were taken periodically for determination of blood glucose concentrations, and body weights were also recorded. [1045]
  • After several weeks of treatment, blood glucose concentrations in mice treated with oral Compound AH began to decrease toward baseline, whereas blood glucose in the vehicle-treated control animals continued to rise. Body weights and blood glucose, triglyceride and cholesterol concentrations 14 weeks after the beginning of drug treatment are shown in Table 1. [1046]
    TABLE 1
    Serum chemistries and body weights in streptozotocin diabetic
    mice treated with oral Compound AH for 14 weeks
    Glucose Triglycerides Cholesterol Body Weight
    Group mg/dL mg/dL mg/dL (g)
    Nondiabetic + 138 ± 6 88 ± 9 88 ± 6 21 + 0.6
    Vehicle
    Diabetic + 615 ± 46 154 ± 16 133 ± 6 17.5 + 1.0
    Vehicle
    Diabetic + 207 ± 12 62 ± 7* 82 ± 2* 21.7 + 0.8*
    Compound AH
  • Oral Compound AH treatment resulted in significant amelioration of metabolic abnormalities associated with insulin-dependent diabetes. [1047]
    • Example B Oral Compound AH Improves Survival of Mice with Lethal Insulin-dependent Diabetes
  • Female Balb/C mice (14 weeks old) were treated with a single dose of streptozotocin (175 mg/kg i.p.) to induce severe insulin-dependent diabetes. Seven days later, mice were divided into three treatment groups: Compound AH, pioglitazone, and vehicle. Mice were treated daily via oral gavage, and survival was monitored over time. [1048]
    TABLE 2
    Survival at 12 weeks
    Groups Survivors
    Vehicle 0/5
    Pioglitazone 30 mg/kg/day 2/5
    Compound AH 250 mg/kg/day 4/5
  • All of the diabetic animals treated with oral vehicle died of severe, uncontrolled diabetes. [1049]
  • Two of five animals treated with pioglitazone, an antidiabetic insulin sensitizer used to treat humans with noninsulin-dependent diabetes, were alive at 12 weeks, but had lost 15-20% of their body weight. Four of the five animals treated with oral Compound AH were alive at 12 weeks, and their body weights recovered and were maintained in the normal range. [1050]
    • Example C Oral Compound AA Reduces Mortality in Severe Insulin-dependent Diabetes
  • Female balb/C mice (19 wks of age at start of experiment) were challenged with multiple high doses of STZ (75 mg/kg i.p. on 5 consecutive days). Animals were then divided in two groups (20 mice/group) matched for severity of diabetes. Four days after the last dose of STZ, treatments were initiated. One group received Vehicle (0.4 ml of 0.75% HPMC, p.o.), and the other group received oral COMPOUND AA (30 mg/kg/day). After three weeks of daily treatment, cumulative mortality in the Vehicle Control group was 19/20 mice. In contrast, only 5/20 of the COMPOUND AA mice died during this time. [1051]
    • Example D Compound AH Reduces the Incidence of Spontaneous Diabetes and Mortality in NOD Mice
  • A substantial proportion of NOD (“non-obese diabetic”) mice develop insulin-dependent diabetes as a consequence of spontaneous autoimmune destruction of pancreatic islet cells. Two groups of 20 NOD mice (6 weeks old) were treated daily with either oral Vehicle (0.4 ml of 0.75% hydroxypropyl methylcellulose in water; HPMC) or Compound AH (200 mg/kg/day) suspended in HPMC. The incidence of mortality due to spontaneous development of severe insulin-dependent diabetes was monitored over a period of seven months. At the end of this time, 13/20 mice treated with vehicle had died of uncontrolled diabetes, whereas only 5/20 mice treated with Compound AH had died. [1052]
    • Example E Compound AW Reduces Hyperglycemia and Hyperlipidemia, and Ameliorates Fatty Liver Disease in ob/ob Obese Diabetic Mice
  • Ob/ob mice have a defect in the gene for leptin, a protein involved in appetite regulation and energy metabolism, and are hyperphagic, obese, and insulin resistant. They develop hyperglycemia and fatty liver. [1053]
  • Male lean (ob/+heterozygote) and obese (ob/ob homozygote) C57BL/6 mice approximately 8 weeks of age were obtained from Jackson Labs (Bar Harbor, Me.) and randomly assigned into groups of 5 animals such that body weights and blood glucose concentrations were similar between groups. All animals were maintained under the control of temperature (23 C), relative humidity (50+5%) and light (7:00-19:00), and allowed free access to water and laboratory chow (Formulab Diet 5008, Quality Lab Products, Elkridge, Md.). Blood glucose was routinely determined with glucose test strips and a Glucometer Elite XL device (Bayer Corporation). At selected time points, blood samples (p100 microliters) were obtained with a heparinized capillary tube via the retro-orbital sinus for serum chemistry analysis. Serum chemistry (glucose, triglycerides, cholesterol, BUN, creatinine, AST, ALT, SDH, CPK and free fatty acids) analyses were performed on a Hitachi 717 Analyzer, and plasma insulin and pancreatic insulin were measured by an electrochemiluminescent immunoassay (Origen Analyzer, Igen, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.). [1054]
  • Groups of ob/ob mice were divided into treatment cohorts as indicated below, and given daily oral doses of Compound AW (10, 30, 100, 150 or 300 mg), rosiglitazone (1, 3, 10 or 30 mg), or pioglitazone (30 or 100 mg). The latter two compounds are insulin-sensitizing drugs used in the treatment of human patients with non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, and are used as comparators for efficacy and safety of compounds of the invention. The dose ranges of compounds in this experiment were chosen to include both suboptimal and potentially supraoptimal doses. [1055]
  • Compound AW produced reduction in blood glucose comparable to that achieved with pioglitazone and rosiglitazone, as shown in Table 3. At doses of 100 to 300 mg/kg/day, Compound AW reduced serum triglycerides and fatty acids better than did either rosiglitazone or pioglitazone at their optimum antihyperglycemic doses. [1056]
    TABLE 3
    Effect of Compound AW, pioglitazone (PG) and
    rosiglitazone (RSG) on serum glucose, triglycerides,
    and free fatty acids in ob/ob mice
    Glucose ± Triglycerides ± Free Fatty
    SEM SEM Acids ± SEM
    Group mg/dL mg/dL micromoles/L
    ob/+  268.6 ± 12.9   111.6 ± 12.0    2216 ± 197.4
    ob/ob  384.2 ± 53.8     106.6 ± 2.909   3399 ± 345.6
    AW-10  369.6 ± 62.5  115.6 ± 7.8   3697.4 ± 357.8 
    AW-30  280.2 ± 46.7   96.4 ± 7.3   2552.2 ± 334.7 
    AW-100   286 ± 47.1  66.2 ± 5.9   1476 ± 82.1
    AW-150  188.6 ± 28.8   72.6 ± 5.6    1481 ± 158.8
    AW-300 128.4 ± 8.8   63.6 ± 3.4   1452.6 ± 111.1 
    PG-30  188.2 ± 21.4  111.2 ± 7.5    2606 ± 139.2
    PG-100  174.6 ± 11.5   95.2 ± 4.8  1983.4 ± 66.1 
    RSG-1 142.75 ± 8.8   109.75 ± 4.4   2090.75 ± 67.7  
    RSG-3  190.2 ± 12.7  107.8 ± 3.8  2317.6 ± 85.3 
    RSG-10  188.2 ± 21.4  111.2 ± 7.5   2606.4 ± 139.2 
    RSG-30  174.6 ± 11.5   95.2 ± 4.8  1983.4 ± 66.1 
  • Ob/ob mice develop chronic inflammatory fatty liver disease and are considered to be an animal model for nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), a condition which can lead toward progressive cirrhosis and liver dysfunction. In NASH, fat accumulation increases the susceptibility of the liver to inflammatory injury. One characeristic sign of NASH in patients is, in the absence of viral infection or alcoholism, elevated levels in serum of enzymes that are released from damaged hepatocytes, e.g. alanine aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), and sorbitol dehydrogenase (SDH). These enzymes are elevated in ob/ob mice as a consequence of fatty liver and secondary inflammation. In Table 4, ALT, AST, and SDH in serum samples from mice treated with Compound AW, pioglitazone, and rosiglitazone are shown, as are enzyme levels in serum from normal lean mice and from diabetic control mice treated only with vehicle. ALT, AST and SDH are significantly elevated in obese diabetic ob/ob mice compared to lean mice. Compound AW treatment at doses ranging from 30 mg/kg/day to 300 mg/kg/day resulted in a dose-dependent decrease in serum liver enzymes. In contrast, pioglitazone (30 and 100 mg/kg/day) and rosiglitazone (1 to 30 mg/kg/day) induced an elevation in ALT and AST and did not change SDH. The serum liver enzyme profiles correlated with liver histology. [1057]
  • Vehicle-treated ob/ob obese diabetic mice had marked fat accumulation in the liver in discrete intracellular droplets. Daily Compound AW treatment for 4 weeks caused a marked reduction in liver fat droplets, whereas neither pioglitazone nor rosiglitazone reduced the size or density of fat droplets in the hepatocytes. [1058]
    TABLE 4
    Effect of Compound AW, pioglitazone and rosiglitazone
    on serum enzyme indicators of liver injury
    ALT (U/L) ± AST (U/L) ± SDH (U/L) ±
    Group SEM SEM SEM
    Lean 106.4 ± 16.3 25.6 ± 2.7 23.2 ± 4.5
    Diabetic 447.2 ± 63.4 645.6 ± 104.8  745.8 ± 102.4
    2022-10 483.8 ± 81.9 653.4 ± 104.8 626.8 ± 93.8
    AW-30 320.2 ± 46.2 399.6 ± 74.4 333.0 ± 66.9
    AW-100 202.8 ± 38.0 143.8 ± 30.4 121.2 ± 14.1
    AW-150 149.2 ± 15.6 185.8 ± 26.0 166.2 ± 20.0
    AW-300 188.2 ± 10.3 335.4 ± 44.8 207.0 ± 29.3
    PG-30 713.6 ± 80.6  1024 ± 88.7 782.0 ± 70.6
    PG-100 646.0 ± 56.1 901.0 ± 49.3 603.0 ± 27.3
    RSG-1 668.8 ± 42.9 798.0 ± 73.8 644.5 ± 51.6
    RSG-3 716.6 ± 56.6 853.8 ± 43.8 615.4 ± 38.6
    RSG-10 713.6 ± 80.5 1024.0 ± 88.7  782.0 ± 70.6
    RSG-30 646.0 ± 56.1 901.2 ± 49.3 603.0 ± 27.3
  • The ob/ob Mice gained body weight during the four week treatment period. As is shown in Table 5, pioglitazone and rosiglitazone exacerbated weight gain relative to vehicle-treated mice, whereas Compound AW induced a dose-dependent attenuation of weight gain. [1059]
    TABLE 5
    Effect of Compound AW, Pioglitazone and Rosiglitazone
    on body weight gain of ob/ob mice
    Mean body weight gain
    Groups (grams)
    HPMC (Vehicle) +7.4
    AW-3 mg/kg/day +7.3
    AW-10 mg/kg/day +6.7
    AW-30 mg/kg/day +6.4
    AW-100 mg/kg/day +3.4
    AW-150 mg/kg/day +4.6
    AW-300 mg/kg/day −0.7
    PG-30 mg/kg/day +10.0
    PG-100 mg/kg/day +13.6
    RSG-1 mg/kg/day +8.2
    RSG-3 mg/kg/day +8.5
    RSG-10 mg/kg/day +11.0
    RSG-30 mg/kg/day +12.0
    • Example F Acute Hypoglycemic Effects of Compounds of the Invention in Diabetic Mice Experiment 1
  • Compounds of the invention display acute antihyperglycemic activity in animals with non insulin-dependent diabetes. [1060]
  • Male ob/ob diabetic mice were randomized into groups of five animals each. Body weights were 50-55 g and blood glucose was approximately 300 mg/dL in the fed state. A single oral dose of a test substance suspended in 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose vehicle was administered by gavage. Blood glucose was measured in blood droplets obtained by nicking a tail vein with a razor using glucometer test strips and a Glucometer Elite XL device (Bayer) at 0, 0.5, 2, 4, 6 and 18 hours after the initial dosing. A 10% reduction in blood glucose versus oral vehicle is considered a positive screening result. Blood glucose reductions were generally maximal at 6 hours after drug administration. [1061]
    TABLE 6
    Acute hypoglycemic effect of compounds of
    the invention in ob/ob obese diabetic mice
    Blood Glucose % Reduction
    Treatment Group After 6 hours vs Control
    Vehicle 297 ± 35   0.0 ± 11.8
    Compound AA 242 ± 25 −18.5 ± 8.4
    Compound AB 181 ± 19 −39.1 ± 6.4
    Compound AF 314 ± 32 −24.6 ± 7.7 *
    Compound AG 222 ± 23 −25.3 ± 7.7
    Compound AH 223 ± 11 −24.9 ± 3.7
    Compound AI 255 ± 9 −14.1 ± 3.0
    Compound AJ 190 ± 14 −36.0 ± 4.7
    Compound AK 210 ± 10 −29.3 ± 3.4
    Compound AL 168 ± 13 −43.4 ± 4.4
    • Example G Acute Hypoglycemic Effects of Compounds of the Invention in Diabetic Mice Expt 2
  • Compounds of the invention display acute antihyperglycemic activity in animals with noninsulin-dependent diabetes. [1062]
  • Male ob/ob mice (50-55 grams; blood glucose 300 mg/dL) were divided into groups of five animals each, and given a single oral dose of test drug (250 mg/kg) suspended in 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose vehicle; a control group received oral vehicle alone. [1063]
  • Six hours after oral administration of test drugs or vehicle (control), blood samples were obtained from a tail vein and glucose content was determined with a glucometer. [1064]
    TABLE 7
    Acute hypoglycemic effect of compounds of
    the invention in ob/ob obese diabetic mice
    Blood Glucose % Reduction vs
    Treatment Group after 6 hours Control
    Vehicle Control 305 ± 20   0.0 ± 5.0
    mg/dL
    Compound AN 152 ± 11 −50.2 ± 4.5%
    Compound AQ 220 ± 17 −27.9 ± 4.2%
    Compound AR 179 ± 14 −41.3 ± 4.2%
    Compound AS 167 ± 28 −45.2 ± 2.0%
    Compound AT 198 ± 28 −35.1 ± 2.3%
    Compound AU 224 ± 26 −26.6 ± 2.8%
    Compound AV 207 ± 23 −32.1 ± 3.0%
    Compound AW 143 ± 15 −53.1 ± 3.1%
    Compound AX 165 ± 23 −45.9 ± 2.4%
    Compound AY 185 ± 21 −39.3 ± 2.9%
    Compound AZ 186 ± 10 −39.0 ± 6.1%
  • Oral treatment with compounds of the invention elicits an acute antihyperglycemic effect in obese diabetic mice. [1065]
    • Example H Antidiabetic Effects of Compounds of the Invention in db/db Mice
  • Db/db mice have a defect in leptin signaling, leading to hyperphagia, obesity and diabetes. Moreover, unlike ob/ob mice which have relatively robust islets, their insulin-producing pancreatic islet cells undergo failure during chronic hyperglycemia, so that they transition from hyperinsulinemia (associated with peripheral insulin resistance) to hypoinsulinemic diabetes. [1066]
  • Male db/db mice were given daily oral treatments with vehicle (0.75% hydroxypropylmethylcellulose) or antidiabetic compounds as indicated below. Blood samples were obtained via the retro-orbital sinus for serum chemistry analysis, or via the tail vein for glucose measurement with a test strip and glucometer. [1067]
  • After four weeks of daily oral dosing, Compound AW and Compound BH elicited a significant reduction in blood glucose. While pioglitazone did initially reduce blood glucose over the first 3 weeks, its activity had largely failed at the 4 week time point and thereafter. The dose of pioglitazone used in this experiment was reported in the literature to be a maximally-effective dose for treatment of db/db mice (Shimaya et al. (2000), [1068] Metabolism 49:411-7).
    TABLE 8
    Glucose Glucose
    Groups mg/dL (% of Control)
    Vehicle (Control) 562 ± 24 100 ± 4
    Compound AW - 150 mg/kg 313 ± 34 *  56 ± 6 *
    Compound BH - 150 mg/kg 229 ± 49 *  41 ± 9 *
    Pioglitazone - 100 mg/kg 558 ± 28 99 ± 5
  • In a second experiment in db/db mice, antidiabetic activity of Compound BI was compared with that of rosiglitazone. After 8 weeks of treatment, blood glucose and triglycerides were significantly lower in animals treated with either Compound BI or rosiglitazone, compared to vehicle-treated controls. The rosiglitazone dose used in this study was reported in published literature as the optimum dose for late stage db/db mice (Lenhard et al., (1999) [1069] Diabetologia 42:545-54). Groups consisted of 6-8 mice each.
    TABLE 9
    Glucose Triglycerides
    Groups (mg/dL) (mg/dL)
    Vehicle (Control) 686 ± 47 147 ± 13
    Rosiglitazone - 20 mg/kg 343 ± 38 *  89 ± 16 *
    Compound BI - 150 mg/kg 254 ± 30 *  99 ± 8 *
    • Example I Antidiabetic Effects of Compounds of the Invention in db/db Mice
  • db/db mice have a defect in leptin signaling, leading to hyperphagia, obesity and diabetes. Moreover, unlike ob/ob mice on a C57BL/6J background, db/db mice on a C57BL/KS background undergo failure of their insulin-producing pancreatic islet D cells, resulting in progression from hyperinsulinemia (associated with peripheral insulin resistance) to hypoinsulinemic diabetes. [1070]
  • Male obese (db/db homozygote) C57BL/Ksola mice approximately 8 weeks of age, were obtained from Jackson Labs (Bar Harbor, Me.) and randomly assigned into groups of 5-7 animals such that the body weights (50-55 g) and serum glucose levels (>300 mg/dl in fed state) were similar between groups; male lean (db/+heterozygote) mice served as cohort controls. A minimum of 7 days was allowed for adaptation after arrival. All animals were maintained under controlled temperature (23° C.), relative humidity (50 [1071] —5%) and light (7:00-19:00), and allowed free access to standard chow (Formulab Diet 5008, Quality Lab Products, Elkridge, Md.) and water.
  • Treatment cohorts were given daily oral doses of (1% hydroxypropylmethylcellulose), Compounds BI, BO, BP, BQ or BR for 2 weeks. At the end of the [1072] treatment period 100 μl of venous blood was withdrawn in a heparinized capillary tube from the retro-orbital sinus of db/db mice for serum chemistry analysis.
  • Effects of compounds of the invention on nonfasting blood glucose are shown in Table 10; effects on serum triglycerides and free fatty acids are shown in Table 11. [1073]
    TABLE 10
    The effects of Compounds BI, BO, BP, BQ or BR
    on blood glucose in the db/db mouse model
    Glucose Glucose
    Groups mg/dL (% of Control)
    Vehicle (Control) 632 ± 19 100 ± 3  
    BI - 150 mg/kg 279 ± 35* 44 ± 6*
    BI - 100 mg/kg 423 ± 53* 67 ± 8*
    BO - 100 mg/kg 586 ± 58 93 ± 9 
    BP - 100 mg/kg 629 ± 86 99 ± 14
    BQ - 100 mg/kg 473 ± 49* 75 ± 7*
    BR - 82 mg/kg 703 ± 64 111 ± 10 
  • Blood glucose levels in lean, nondiabetic db/+heterozygote mice were 225+15 mg/dL [1074]
    TABLE 11
    Effect of Compounds BI, BO, BP, BQ or BR on serum glucose,
    triglycerides, and free fatty acids in db/db mice
    Triglycerides ± SEM Free Fatty Acids ± SEM
    Group (mg/dL) (μM)
    Lean 142.4 ± 6.3 2577.6 ± 80.8
    Diabetic 444.3 ± 57.3 4044.9 ± 158.5
    BI-150 103.6 ± 8.3 2234.0 ± 162.6
    BI-100 134.0 ± 13.1 2999.9 ± 98.7
    BO-100 261.1 ± 24.3 3766.3 ± 234.5
    BP-100 302.1 ± 28.1 3772.6 ± 182.5
    BQ-100 131.6 ± 20.7 2825.9 ± 110.9
    BR-82 253.0 ± 32.0 3653.4 ± 207.5
    • Example J Antidiabetic Effects of Compounds of the Invention in db/db Mice.
  • db/db mice have a defect in leptin signaling, leading to hyperphagia, obesity and diabetes. Moreover, unlike ob/ob mice on a C57BL/6J background, db/db mice on a C57BL/KS background undergo failure of their insulin-producing pancreatic islet cells, resulting in progression from hyperinsulinemia (associated with peripheral insulin resistance) to hypoinsulinemic diabetes. [1075]
  • Male obese (db/db homozygote) C57BL/Ksola mice approximately 8 weeks of age, were obtained from Jackson Labs (Bar Harbor, Me.) and randomly assigned into groups of 5-7 animals such that the body weights (50-55 g) and serum glucose levels (>300 mg/dl in fed state) were similar between groups; male lean (db/+heterozygote) mice served as cohort controls. A minimum of 7 days was allowed for adaptation after arrival. All animals were maintained under controlled temperature (23° C.), relative humidity (50 [1076] —5%) and light (7:00-19:00), and allowed free access to standard chow (Formulab Diet 5008, Quality Lab Products, Elkridge, Md.) and water.
  • Treatment cohorts were given daily oral doses of Vehicle (1% hydroxypropylmethylcellulose), Compounds BI, BS, BT, BU, BV or Fenofibrate for 2 weeks. At the end of the [1077] treatment period 100 μl of venous blood was withdrawn in a heparinized capillary tube from the retro-orbital sinus of db/db mice for serum chemistry analysis.
  • Effects of compounds of the invention on nonfasting blood glucose are shown in Table 12; effects on serum triglycerides and free fatty acids are shown in Table 13. [1078]
    TABLE 12
    The effects of compounds BI, BS, BT,
    BU, BV and fenofibrate in db/db mice
    Glucose Glucose
    Groups mg/dL (% of Control)
    Vehicle (Control) 692.5 ± 55.4 100 ± 8 
    BI - 100 mg/kg 347.0 ± 43.1*  50 ± 6*
    BS- 93 mg/kg 372.0 ± 53.8*  54 ± 8*
    BT - 107 mg/kg 684.3 ± 63.6 99 ± 9
    BU - 128 mg/kg 533.3 ± 46.7 77 ± 7
    BV - 115 mg/kg 789.5 ± 38.9 114 ± 6 
    Fenofibrate - 113 mg/kg 563.2 ± 49.0 81 ± 7
  • Blood glucose levels in lean, nondiabetic db/+heterozygote mice were 208.5±6.6 mg/dL [1079]
    TABLE 13
    Effect of compounds BI, BS, BT, BU, BV and Fenofibrate on
    serum triglycerides and free fatty acids in db/db mice
    Triglycerides ± SEM Free Fatty Acids ± SEM
    Group (mg/dL (μM)
    Lean 114.2 ± 8.7 2315.8 ± 238.3
    Vehicle  232.8 ± 20.7 3511.8 ± 257.6
    BI  77.8 ± 5.3 1997.2 ± 196.4
    BS  132.0 ± 15.2 2867.4 ± 267.7
    BT  211.5 ± 21.5 3897.7 ± 291.3
    BU 172.5 ± 9.9 3587.0 ± 156.3
    BV  153.2 ± 14.2 3373.8 ± 233.6
    Fenofibrate 109.3 ± 9.1 3318.5 ± 208.7
    • Example K Attenuation of Cataractogenesis of Compounds of the Invention in Zucker Diabetic Fatty (ZDF) Rats
  • Cataracts are one of the leading causes of progressive vision decline and blindness associated with ageing and diabetes, and the Zucker diabetic fatty (ZDF) model has many similarities with human cataractogenesis, including biochemical changes and oxidative stress in the lens. These rats, however, undergo cataractogenesis typically between 14-16 weeks of age. [1080]
  • Male ZDF rats and their aged-match Zucker lean (ZL) counterparts (fa/+ or +/+) were obtained from Genetic Models, Inc. (Indianapolis, Ind.) aged 12 weeks and acclimatized for 1 week prior to study. All animals were maintained under controlled temperature (23° C.), relative humidity (50±5%) and light (7:00-19:00), and allowed free access to standard chow (Formulab Diet 5008, Quality Lab Products, Elkridge, Md.) and tap water ad libitum. Treatment cohorts were given a daily oral dose of vehicle and 100 mg/kg of BI or BH for 10 weeks. Body weights and blood glucose were routinely determined (once a week, usually around 10:00 A.M.) from tail bleeds with glucose test strips and a Glucometer Elite XL device (Bayer Corporation). At the end of the [1081] treatment period 100 μl of venous blood was collected (usually 10:00 A.M.) in a heparinized tube from the tail vein for serum chemistry analysis (Anilytics, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.). Serum chemistry (glucose (GL), triglycerides (TG), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), alanine aminotransferase (ALT), sorbitol dehydrogenase (SDH), and free fatty acids (FFA)) analyses were performed on a Hitachi 717 Analyzer (Anilytics, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.). Plasma insulin was measured by an electrochemiluminescent immunoassay, ECL (Origen Analyzer, Igen, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.). The animals were sacrificed and tissues and/or organs (lens and liver) were extirpated, weighed (wet weight) and processed for biochemical analyses. Malondialdehyde (MDA), a major product of lipid peroxidation was assayed in lenses according to Ohkawa et al (1979), Analytical Biochem 95, 351-358).
  • Table 14 shows the incidence of visible cataracts in the eyes of the ZDF rats. Table 15 indicates additional quantitative indices of cataractogenesis in the same animals. [1082]
    TABLE 14
    Attenuation of cataractogenesis by
    Compounds BH and BI in ZDF rats.
    Cataract Formation % Protection
    Animal Groups N Left Eye Right Eye Left Eye Right Eye
    Vehicle-Control 6 6/6 6/6 0 0
    BI 6 3/6 1/6 50 83
    BH 6 4/6 5/6 33 17
    Lean 4 0/4 0/4 N/A N/A
  • [1083]
    TABLE 15
    Attenuation of cataractogenesis by BH and BI in ZDF rats.
    Weight (mg) Size (mm) Lenticular MDA
    Groups Left Lens Right Lens Left Lens Right Lens nmol/g lens
    LEAN 51.2 ± 3.5 59.0 ± 0.4 3.8 ± 0.2 3.9 ± 0.1 0.4 ± 0.0
    Vehicle 15.1 ± 1.4 16.8 ± 1.7 1.9 ± 0.1 2.0 ± 0.2 2.4 ± 0.2
    BI 38.1 ± 7.3** 54.9 ± 1.2* 3.4 ± 0.2* 3.8 ± 0.1* 0.8 ± 0.1‡
    BH 27.0 ± 7.2 20.0 ± 6.6 2.5 ± 0.3 2.1 ± 0.4 1.9 ± 0.2
    • Example L Oral BI and BL Lower Circulating Triglycerides, Free Fatty Acids, Insulin and Leptin in High Fat-fed C57B1/6J mice
  • The high fat-fed mouse is a model for the hypertriglyceridemia and high circulating fatty acid levels, and the insulin and leptin resistance that are found in people at risk for and with obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular disease and other disorders. Male C57B1/6J mice, approximately 8 weeks of age, were randomly assigned into groups of 6 animals. They were maintained under controlled temperature (23° C.), relative humidity (50+5%) and light (7:00-19:00), and allowed free access to food and water ad libitum. Mice were fed a high-fat diet (diet number D12451, containing 45% of calories as fat (Research Diets, New Brunswick, N.J.)) for 6 weeks. After the 6 weeks, groups of mice received either vehicle (hydroxymethylcellulose), BI, BL, Wy14,643 or rosiglitazone by oral gavage at the indicated doses for an additional 4 weeks while continuing on the high-fat diet. Plasma chemistries (Anilytics, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.) were assayed after 2 weeks of drug treatments. Plasma serum insulin (FIG. 1) and leptin (FIG. 2) were measured by an electrochemiluminescent immunoassay (Origen Analyzer, Igen, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.) after 4 weeks of drug treatments. [1084]
  • BI and BL were effective at lowering serum triglycerides and free fatty acids as well as insulin and leptin serum levels. Serum values from mice from the same cohort (“lean controls”) that were maintained on regular lab chow (Formulab Diet 5008, Quality Lab Products, Elkridge, Md.) are shown for comparison. [1085]
    TABLE 16
    Triglycerides Free Fatty Acids
    (mg/dL) (umol/L)
    Vehicle  135 ± 40.1   1686 ± 359.3
    BI (10 mg/kg)  68.8 ± 5.7    1227 ± 193.7
    BI (30 mg/kg) 66.5 ± 14.7   1292 ± 231.4
    BI (100 mg/kg)  37.4 ± 8.3   992.8 ± 172.1
    BL (10 mg/kg)   80 ± 12.2 1571.8 ± 100.9
    BL (30 mg/kg) 66.4 ± 13.7 1413.2 ± 228.7
    BL (100 mg/kg)  41 ± 5.6 1133.5 ± 132.7
    Rosiglitazone (1 mg/kg) 76.6 ± 16.5   1537 ± 256.3
    Rosiglitazone (3 mg/kg)  103.2 ± 10.8  1833.2 ± 169.8
    Rosiglitazone (10 mg/kg)  129.5 ± 48.7  1810.3 ± 595  
    Rosiglitazone (100 mg/kg)  88 ± 7.2 1568.5 ± 197  
    Wyl4643 (10 mg/kg) 70.6 ± 10.8 1512.2 ± 172.9
    Wyl4643 (30 mg/kg)   88 ± 12.5 1676 ± 237
    Wyl4643 (100 mg/kg) 88.4 ± 18.8 1839.8 ± 154.8
    Rosi (3 mg/kg) + 54.3 ± 10.5 1649.7 ± 260.5
    Wyl4643 (100 mg/kg)
    • Example M Oral BI Lower Circulating Triglycerides, Free Fatty Acids, Insulin and Leptin in High Fat-fed Sprague Dawley Rats
  • The high fat-fed rat is a model for insulin and leptin resistance. Sprague-Dawley rats have an intact leptin system and respond to a high fat diet with hyperinsulinemia due to a downregulation of the normal insulin response in peripheral tissues such as liver, adipose tissue and muscle [1086]
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats, approximately 17 weeks of age, were obtained from Jackson Labs (Bar Harbor, Me.) and randomly assigned into groups of 5-7 animals; the body weights were similar between groups. All animals were maintained in a temperature-controlled (25° C.) facility with a strict 12 h light/dark cycle and were given free access to water and food. Rats were fed a high-fat diet (diet number DI 2451 (containing 45% of calories as fat), Research Diets, New Brunswick, N.J.) for one month prior to drug treatment. [1087]
  • Groups of 6 Sprague-Dawley rats were treated with a single daily dose of vehicle (hydroxymethylcellulose), BI (10, 30 and 100 mg/kg), or rosiglitazone (3 mg/kg) for 6 weeks while maintaining the high-fat diet. At the indicated time points, blood samples (˜100 μl) were obtained via the tail vein for serum chemistry analysis. [1088]
  • BI (30 mg/kg) reduced serum insulin, triglycerides; BI at all doses reduced free fatty acids. [1089]
    TABLE 17
    Effect of BI and rosiglitazone on serum glucose, insulin, triglycerides
    and free fatty acids in high-fat fed Sprague-Dawley rats
    Free Fatty
    Glucose Insulin Triglycerides Acids
    Group (mg/dL) (ng/ml) (mg/dL) (μMol/L)
    Lean 123.8 ± 7.0 0.72 ± 0.1 179.0 ± 72.3 743.5 ± 57.4
    Vehicle 122.3 ± 5.9 1.78 ± 0.3 200.7 ± 39.2 942.5 ± 181.0
    BI-10 117.3 ± 8.8 2.18 ± 0.9 183.7 ± 58.4 923.7 ± 161.3
    BI-30  127.3 ± 22.2 1.46 ± 0.2 129.3 ± 20.0 738.7 ± 50.0
    BI-100  19.3 ± 3.5  1.79 ± 0.2 171.7 ± 33.1 725.7 ± 87.5
    RG-3 119.8 ± 5.4 1.57 ± 0.2 134.2 ± 15.2 758.8 ± 61.0

Claims (44)

1. A compound of the formula:
Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00161
wherein
n is 1 or 2;
m is 0 or 1;
q is 0 or 1;
t is 0 or 1;
R5 is alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; and
R9 is halo, or alkoxy having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; and
X is —CH2—, Q is OR1 and R1 is ethyl; or X is —CH2CR12R13—or —CH2CH(NHAc)—wherein each of R12 and R13 is independently hydrogen or methyl, Q is OR1 and R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms; or X is —CH2CH2— and Q is NR10R11 wherein one of R10 and R11 is hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms or hydroxy, and the other is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; or
R9 is hydrogen: and
X is —CH2CR12R13—or —CH2CH(NHAc)—wherein one of R12 and R13 is methyl and the other is hydrogen or methyl 0 is OR1 and R is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms: or X is —CH2CH2— and Q is NR10R11 wherein one of R10 and R11 is hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms or hydroxy, and the other is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms,
or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
2. A compound of the formula:
Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00162
wherein
n is 1 or 2;
m is 0 or 1;
q is 0 or 1;
t is 0 or 1;
R5 is alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy; and
X is —CH2— and R1 is ethyl; or X is CH2CH2— or —CH2CH(NHAc)- and R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms;
or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
3. The compound or salt of claim 2, wherein R1 is hydrogen or ethyl.
4. The compound or salt of claim 2, wherein q is 0.
5. The compound or salt of claim 2, wherein X is —CH2CH2—.
6. The compound or salt of claim 2, wherein A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy;
wherein each halo is independently fluoro or chloro.
7. The compound or salt of claim 6, wherein each halo substituent on phenyl ring A is fluoro.
8. The compound or salt of claim 7, wherein phenyl ring A is substituted by 2 fluoro groups.
9. The compound or salt of claim 2, wherein A is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from: halo, alkyl having 1 carbon atom, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 carbon atom, and perfluoromethoxy.
10. The compound of claim 2, having the formula:
Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00163
wherein
n is 1 or 2;
m is 0 or 1;
q is 0 or 1;
t is 0 or 1;
R2 and R3 are each independently selected from hydrogen, halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy;
R5 is alkyl having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms; and
X is —CH2—and R1 is ethyl; or X is H2CH2— or CH2CH(NHAc)- and R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms;
or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
11. The compound or salt of claim 10, wherein R1 is hydrogen or ethyl.
12. The compound or salt of claim 11, wherein the compound is 4-[4-(2-(N-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)]-4-oxobutyric acid.
13. The compound or salt of claim 11, wherein the compound is (2RS), 2-N-acetyl)(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
14. The compound or salt of claim 11, wherein the compound is 4(3-(4trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
15. The compound of claim 10, having the formula:
Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00164
wherein
n is 1 or 2;
m is 0 or 1;
p is 1 and R1 is ethyl; or p is 2 and R1 is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms;
R2 and R3 are each independently selected from hydrogen, halo, alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, perfluoromethyl, alkoxy having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and perfluoromethoxy;
or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
16. The compound or salt claim 15, wherein R1 is hydrogen or ethyl.
17. The compound or salt of claim 16, wherein the compound is 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethoxybenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
18. The compound or salt of claim 15, wherein one of R2 and R3 is hydrogen or halo and the other is halo.
19. The compound or salt of claim 18, wherein the compound is 4-(4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
20. The compound salt of claim 18, wherein the compound is 4-(4-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
21. The compound or salt of claim 18, wherein the compound is 4-(4-(2-chlorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
22. The compound or salt of claim 18, wherein R2 is fluoro and R3 is hydrogen.
23. The compound or salt of claim 22, wherein the compound is 4-(4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
24. The compound or salt of claim 22, wherein the compound is 4-(4-(2-(2-fluorophenyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
25. The compound or salt of claim 22, wherein the compound is ethyl 4-(4-(2-fluorobenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate
26. The compound of claim 22, ethyl 4-(3-(2-fluorobenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate.
27. The compound or salt of claim 16, wherein R2 is fluoro and R3 is fluoro.
28. The compound or salt of claim 27, wherein the compound is 4-(4-(2,5-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
29. The compound or salt of claim 27, wherein the compound is 4-(4-(2,4-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
30. The compound of claim 27, Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-3-oxobutyrate.
31. The compound or salt of claim 16, wherein R2 is methyl.
32. The compound or salt of claim 31, wherein the compound is 4-(3-(2-Fluoro-6-methylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
33. The compound of claim 31, Ethyl 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate.
34. The compound or salt of claim 31, wherein the compound is 4-(4-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
35. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein A is 2,6-dimethylphenyl; t is 0, q is 0, n is 1, m is 0, x is —C2CR12R13—, wherein each of R12 and R13 is independently hydrogen or methyl.
36. The compound or salt of claim 35, wherein the compound is 4-(3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-2,2-dimethylbutyric acid.
37. The compound or salt of claim 35, wherein the compound is 4-[[4(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)-3-methoxy]phenyl]-4-oxobutyric acid.
38. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein the compound is 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutanecarbohydroxamic acid.
39. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein the compound is 4-(3-(2,6-Dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyramide.
40. The compound of claim 27, having the formula:
Figure US20040242692A1-20041202-C00165
wherein
n is 1 or 2;
m is 0;
R1 is H or alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms;
or when R1 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
41. The compound or salt of claim 40, wherein the compound is 4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
42. The compound of claim 40, Ethyl 4-(4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxyl)phenyl)-4-oxobutyrate.
43. The compound or salt of claim 40, wherein the compound is 4-(3-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
44. The compound or salt of claim 40, wherein the compound is 4-(2-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxobutyric acid.
US10/865,088 2001-06-12 2004-06-10 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders Abandoned US20040242692A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/865,088 US20040242692A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-06-10 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/005,449 US8487000B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-12-06 Compound for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US13/920,579 US9133073B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2013-06-18 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US29728201P 2001-06-12 2001-06-12
US10/167,839 US7101910B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2002-06-12 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/865,088 US20040242692A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-06-10 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/167,839 Continuation US7101910B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2002-06-12 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/005,449 Continuation US8487000B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-12-06 Compound for the treatment of metabolic disorders

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20040242692A1 true US20040242692A1 (en) 2004-12-02

Family

ID=23145636

Family Applications (23)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/481,042 Expired - Fee Related US7329782B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2002-06-12 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/167,839 Expired - Lifetime US7101910B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2002-06-12 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/684,730 Expired - Fee Related US6916848B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/685,183 Expired - Lifetime US6946491B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/684,735 Expired - Lifetime US7041659B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/684,740 Expired - Fee Related US7045541B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/684,644 Expired - Fee Related US6924314B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/684,660 Expired - Fee Related US6858602B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/865,088 Abandoned US20040242692A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-06-10 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/892,950 Expired - Fee Related US7012071B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-07-16 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/005,449 Expired - Fee Related US8487000B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-12-06 Compound for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/535,779 Expired - Fee Related US8552062B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2006-09-27 Methods for the treatment of metabolic disorders such as diabetes
US11/772,511 Abandoned US20070249719A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,504 Expired - Fee Related US7851494B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Method for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,520 Abandoned US20070244141A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,556 Abandoned US20070265323A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,501 Abandoned US20070249696A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,560 Expired - Fee Related US8604083B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Method for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,515 Abandoned US20070244171A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/841,508 Abandoned US20080015209A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-08-20 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/844,431 Expired - Fee Related US7547802B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-08-24 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/844,432 Expired - Fee Related US7863475B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-08-24 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US13/920,579 Expired - Fee Related US9133073B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2013-06-18 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders

Family Applications Before (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/481,042 Expired - Fee Related US7329782B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2002-06-12 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/167,839 Expired - Lifetime US7101910B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2002-06-12 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/684,730 Expired - Fee Related US6916848B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/685,183 Expired - Lifetime US6946491B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/684,735 Expired - Lifetime US7041659B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/684,740 Expired - Fee Related US7045541B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/684,644 Expired - Fee Related US6924314B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US10/684,660 Expired - Fee Related US6858602B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2003-10-14 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders

Family Applications After (14)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/892,950 Expired - Fee Related US7012071B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-07-16 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/005,449 Expired - Fee Related US8487000B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-12-06 Compound for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/535,779 Expired - Fee Related US8552062B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2006-09-27 Methods for the treatment of metabolic disorders such as diabetes
US11/772,511 Abandoned US20070249719A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,504 Expired - Fee Related US7851494B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Method for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,520 Abandoned US20070244141A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,556 Abandoned US20070265323A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,501 Abandoned US20070249696A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,560 Expired - Fee Related US8604083B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Method for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/772,515 Abandoned US20070244171A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-07-02 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/841,508 Abandoned US20080015209A1 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-08-20 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/844,431 Expired - Fee Related US7547802B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-08-24 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US11/844,432 Expired - Fee Related US7863475B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-08-24 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US13/920,579 Expired - Fee Related US9133073B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2013-06-18 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders

Country Status (20)

Country Link
US (23) US7329782B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1461323B1 (en)
JP (4) JP4711621B2 (en)
KR (4) KR100959356B1 (en)
CN (4) CN102151262A (en)
AU (3) AU2002345625B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0210383B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2450221C (en)
CZ (1) CZ20033394A3 (en)
ES (1) ES2441874T3 (en)
HK (2) HK1076805A1 (en)
HU (1) HU230352B1 (en)
IL (5) IL159320A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA03011558A (en)
NO (2) NO333355B1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ530051A (en)
RU (2) RU2341513C2 (en)
UA (2) UA104987C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2002100341A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200309627B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070238183A1 (en) * 2006-04-04 2007-10-11 Stout Robert L Methods for assessment of cardiovascular disease risk

Families Citing this family (73)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6670358B2 (en) 2000-05-16 2003-12-30 Cephalon, Inc. Substituted thioacetamides
JP4711621B2 (en) * 2001-06-12 2011-06-29 ウェルスタット セラピューティクス コーポレイション Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
PL373586A1 (en) * 2002-01-11 2005-09-05 Abbott Laboratories Histamine-3 receptor ligands for diabetic conditions
CA2502297C (en) * 2002-11-01 2011-12-13 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
EP1601251B1 (en) * 2003-02-13 2014-11-12 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
CN1774244A (en) * 2003-04-15 2006-05-17 维尔斯达医疗公司 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
JP4697973B2 (en) * 2003-04-22 2011-06-08 ウェルスタット セラピューティクス コーポレイション Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2004099168A2 (en) 2003-04-30 2004-11-18 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Substituted carboxylic acids
US7442796B2 (en) * 2003-04-30 2008-10-28 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
AU2004259738B2 (en) * 2003-07-17 2011-11-17 Plexxikon, Inc. PPAR active compounds
US7348338B2 (en) * 2003-07-17 2008-03-25 Plexxikon, Inc. PPAR active compounds
DE602004031954D1 (en) * 2003-08-20 2011-05-05 Wellstat Therapeutics Corp COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF METABOLISM DISORDER
EP1731170A1 (en) * 2004-03-29 2006-12-13 Sankyo Company, Limited Therapeutic agent for diabetes containing insulin resistance improving agent
US7449481B2 (en) * 2004-04-13 2008-11-11 Cephalon, Inc. Thio-substituted biaryl-methanesulfinyl derivatives
US7297817B2 (en) * 2004-04-13 2007-11-20 Cephalon France Thio-substituted arylmethanesulfinyl derivatives
US7423176B2 (en) * 2004-04-13 2008-09-09 Cephalon, Inc. Bicyclic aromatic sulfinyl derivatives
US7314875B2 (en) * 2004-04-13 2008-01-01 Cephalon, Inc. Tricyclic aromatic and bis-phenyl sulfinyl derivatives
EP1586560A1 (en) * 2004-04-13 2005-10-19 Cephalon, Inc. Thio-substituted arylmethanesulfinyl derivatives
US7119214B2 (en) 2004-04-13 2006-10-10 Cephalon France Thio-substituted tricyclic and bicyclic aromatic methanesulfinyl derivatives
TW200630327A (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-09-01 Inst For Pharm Discovery Inc Substituted phenylalkanoic acids
US8394765B2 (en) * 2004-11-01 2013-03-12 Amylin Pharmaceuticals Llc Methods of treating obesity with two different anti-obesity agents
WO2006060456A2 (en) * 2004-11-30 2006-06-08 Plexxikon, Inc. Indole derivatives for use as ppar ppar active compounds
US20080194681A1 (en) * 2004-12-09 2008-08-14 Kalypsys, Inc. Novel Inhibitors of Histone Deacetylase for the Treatment of Disease
US8022249B2 (en) * 2005-04-01 2011-09-20 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
AU2006258045B2 (en) * 2005-06-10 2012-01-19 Donald E. Scott Topical compositions and methods for alleviating or inhibiting symptoms associated with carpal tunnel syndrome, acid reflux, psoriasis, cartilage nodules, fibromyalgia, and diabetes
KR20080028964A (en) * 2005-06-27 2008-04-02 엑셀리시스, 인코포레이티드 Pyrazole based lxr modulators
CA2621275A1 (en) * 2005-09-07 2007-03-15 Plexxikon, Inc. 1 , 4 and 1 , 5-disubstituted indole derivatives for use as ppar active compounds
RU2008108221A (en) * 2005-09-07 2009-10-20 Плекссикон, Инк. (Us) COMPOUNDS ACTIVE AGAINST PPAR (RECEPTORS OF ACTIVATORS OF PROLIFERATION BY PEROXISIS)
CN101304992A (en) * 2005-09-07 2008-11-12 普莱希科公司 1, 3-disubstituted indole derivatives for use as PPAR modulators
US20070074300A1 (en) * 2005-09-28 2007-03-29 Suleiman Igdoura Sialidase inhibitors for the treatment of cardiovascular disease
UA95613C2 (en) * 2005-11-09 2011-08-25 Уеллстат Терепьютикс Корпорейшн Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
JP2009521452A (en) * 2005-12-21 2009-06-04 シェーリング コーポレイション Treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease using cholesterol-lowering agents and H3 receptor antagonists / inverse agonists
US20070155707A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 Kadmus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ionizable inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
EP1976510A4 (en) * 2006-01-25 2010-06-09 Wellstat Therapeutics Corp Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
KR20080086523A (en) * 2006-01-25 2008-09-25 웰스태트 테러퓨틱스 코포레이션 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
EP1976377A4 (en) * 2006-01-25 2010-06-23 Wellstat Therapeutics Corp Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
AU2007212104A1 (en) * 2006-02-02 2007-08-16 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
JP2009531288A (en) * 2006-02-13 2009-09-03 ウェルスタット セラピューティクス コーポレイション Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
ATE530066T1 (en) * 2006-02-28 2011-11-15 Wellstat Therapeutics Corp COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF METABOLIC DISORDERS
CA2647258A1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Combination treatment of metabolic disorders
JP2009537559A (en) * 2006-05-18 2009-10-29 ウェルスタット セラピューティクス コーポレイション Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
EP2026659A4 (en) * 2006-06-09 2010-06-30 Wellstat Therapeutics Corp Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
EP2056673A4 (en) 2006-08-17 2010-06-16 Wellstat Therapeutics Corp Combination treatment for metabolic disorders
WO2008030752A2 (en) * 2006-09-07 2008-03-13 N.V. Organon Methods for determining effective doses of fatty acid amide hydrolase inhibitors in vivo
US20090099240A1 (en) * 2006-10-02 2009-04-16 N.V. Organon Methods for treating energy metabolism disorders by inhibiting fatty acid amide hydrolase activity
EP2096915A1 (en) * 2006-11-20 2009-09-09 N.V. Organon Metabolically-stabilized inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
JP5399262B2 (en) 2006-12-08 2014-01-29 エグゼリクシス パテント カンパニー エルエルシー LXR and FXR modulators
PE20090159A1 (en) * 2007-03-08 2009-02-21 Plexxikon Inc INDOL-PROPIONIC ACID DERIVED COMPOUNDS AS PPARs MODULATORS
EP2141989B1 (en) * 2007-04-11 2013-09-11 Omeros Corporation Compositions and methods for prophylaxis and treatment of addictions
US20160331729A9 (en) 2007-04-11 2016-11-17 Omeros Corporation Compositions and methods for prophylaxis and treatment of addictions
US11241420B2 (en) 2007-04-11 2022-02-08 Omeros Corporation Compositions and methods for prophylaxis and treatment of addictions
JP5496913B2 (en) * 2008-01-15 2014-05-21 ウェルスタット セラピューティクス コーポレイション Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US8470337B2 (en) * 2008-03-13 2013-06-25 Allergan, Inc. Therapeutic treatments using botulinum neurotoxin
KR101677944B1 (en) * 2008-03-13 2016-11-21 웰스태트 테러퓨틱스 코포레이션 Compounds and method for reducing uric acid
KR101037178B1 (en) * 2008-04-10 2011-05-26 건국대학교 산학협력단 Non-nucleoside agent for treating or preventing hepatitis C
WO2009134995A2 (en) * 2008-04-30 2009-11-05 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Tetrazole compounds for reducing uric acid
US8664433B2 (en) * 2008-05-05 2014-03-04 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Synthesis of 4-[3-(2,6-dimethylbenzyloxy)phenyl]-4-oxobutanoic acid
EP2365746B1 (en) 2008-11-04 2014-07-16 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Synthesis of (phenylalkyloxy)phenyl-oxobutanoic acids
JP5337245B2 (en) * 2009-07-31 2013-11-06 株式会社ステリック再生医科学研究所 Steatohepatitis-liver cancer model animal
EP2488020B1 (en) * 2009-10-13 2016-12-14 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation 3-substituted compounds for reducing uric acid
US20130331452A1 (en) 2010-09-08 2013-12-12 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Benzoic acid compounds for reducing uric acid
WO2012112447A2 (en) * 2011-02-14 2012-08-23 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Histone deacetylase inhibitors and methods of use thereof
FR2974065B1 (en) * 2011-04-14 2013-05-10 Snecma METHOD FOR MOUNTING AN AIRCRAFT ENGINE ON A PYLONE AND ENGINE ATTACHMENT FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF SUCH A METHOD
FR2976942B1 (en) 2011-06-23 2013-07-12 Metabolys PIPERAZINE DERIVATIVES, PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND USES THEREOF IN THE TREATMENT OF INSULIN RESISTANCE
FR2976943B1 (en) 2011-06-23 2013-07-12 Metabolys PIPERAZINE DERIVATIVES, PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND USES THEREOF IN THE TREATMENT OF INSULIN RESISTANCE
FR2999427B1 (en) 2012-12-17 2015-01-30 Metabolys COMPOSITION AND KIT COMPRISING PIPERAZINE DERIVATIVES AND METFORMIN, THEIR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES
MX361614B (en) * 2013-12-11 2018-11-07 Bayer Cropscience Ag Method for the preparation of halogenated di-substituted benzylamines, in particular halogenated dialkylbenzylamines.
WO2017136449A1 (en) * 2016-02-01 2017-08-10 Razani Babak Compositions and methods for the treatment of atherosclerosis and hepatosteatosis and other diseases
EP3278802A1 (en) * 2016-08-04 2018-02-07 Metabolys New treatment for the non alcoholic steatohepatitis and fibrosis
CN108610285B (en) * 2017-03-17 2020-04-28 上海柏翱纳吉医药科技有限公司 Acetophenone compound, preparation method thereof and application thereof in preventing and treating fatty liver
WO2019224393A1 (en) * 2018-05-25 2019-11-28 University Of Copenhagen Fenofibrate for reducing hypoglycemia in type 1 diabetes/lada
AU2019358595A1 (en) * 2018-10-11 2021-05-27 Basf As Aromatic compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof
CN113134086B (en) * 2020-01-20 2024-05-24 深圳市长卿医学研究院 Pharmaceutical composition for reducing blood fat

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4011321A (en) * 1973-12-19 1977-03-08 Smith Kline & French Laboratories Limited Pharmaceutical compositions and methods of inhibiting β-adrenergic receptors
US4098816A (en) * 1973-08-23 1978-07-04 Beecham Group Limited Polycyclic oxy-aromatic acid
US4638094A (en) * 1982-08-06 1987-01-20 Ube Industries, Ltd. Process for producing phenylacetones
US4845231A (en) * 1988-02-12 1989-07-04 American Home Products Corporation Tetrazoles and their use as hypoglycemic agents
US5817693A (en) * 1991-11-05 1998-10-06 Cousins; Russell Donovan Endothelin receptor antagonists
US5948803A (en) * 1995-12-18 1999-09-07 Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. N-substituted dioxothiazolidylbenzamide derivatives and process for producing the same
US6555536B2 (en) * 2000-05-12 2003-04-29 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Biologically active 4H-benzo [1,4]oxazin-3-ones

Family Cites Families (132)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR5035E (en) 1902-08-29 1905-12-02 Paul Wilhelm Sieurin Machine to draw from the bilges of ships and to lift materials
GB148830A (en) 1918-12-04 1921-11-10 Aegir Electrische Bordapp Und Device for signalling liquid levels at a distance
BE667498A (en) * 1964-07-28 1965-11-16
CH560193A5 (en) 1968-06-14 1975-03-27 Ciba Geigy Ag
JPS4725149U (en) 1971-04-14 1972-11-21
BE787782A (en) * 1971-08-20 1973-02-19 Thomae Gmbh Dr K NEW 4- (4-BIPHENYLYL) -BUTYRAMIDES
GB1437781A (en) * 1972-04-04 1976-06-03 Beecham Group Ltd Pyridine derivatives having hypoglycaemic activity
FR2191887A1 (en) 1972-07-07 1974-02-08 Ugine Kuhlmann 7-Substd 5-hydroxy-imidazo pyrimidines - antiinflammatories, and immuno-suppressives, from 2-aminoimidazoline and substd ethyl acetates
DE2252818A1 (en) * 1972-10-27 1974-05-09 Nippon Soda Co Plant growth regulation - with subst benzyloxy- and benzylthio-benzene compounds
DE2309986A1 (en) * 1973-02-28 1974-08-29 Menarini Sas N-benzoyl-4-dialkylaminoethoxyanilines - antispasmodics etc
NL7307100A (en) 1973-05-22 1974-11-26 1,3-dimethylpyrogallol derivs pharmaceutical inters - prepd. from (3,5-dimethoxy-benzyloxybenzoyl)acetic acid methyl ester and sulphurylchloride
GB1482195A (en) * 1973-08-23 1977-08-10 Beecham Group Ltd Biologically active phenyl(thio)ether derivatives
GB1488330A (en) 1973-12-19 1977-10-12 Smith Kline French Lab Dihydropyridazinones
JPS5811874B2 (en) 1974-03-25 1983-03-04 武田薬品工業株式会社 Pyrido (3,4-D) Pyridazine Luino Seizouhou
IE42214B1 (en) 1974-06-18 1980-07-02 Smith Kline French Lab Hydrazinopyredazines
GB1479759A (en) * 1974-11-23 1977-07-13 Lepetit Spa Heterocyclic fused derivatives of indole and quinoline
JPS5225734A (en) * 1975-08-23 1977-02-25 Kyorin Pharmaceut Co Ltd Process for preparation of 4-(4'-halogenobenzyloxy)-bonzoyl acetate
JPS5515460A (en) * 1978-07-20 1980-02-02 Hisamitsu Pharmaceut Co Inc Novel 2-substituted-benzoylpropionic acid derivative
US4268442A (en) * 1978-11-14 1981-05-19 Sagami Chemical Research Center Process for preparing aromatic acetic acid
JPS56115747A (en) 1980-02-19 1981-09-11 Nippon Synthetic Chem Ind Co Ltd:The 2- 2-hydroxyethylamino -3-substituted benzoylpropionic acid, its preparation and germicide
DE3012012A1 (en) 1980-03-28 1981-10-08 Beiersdorf Ag, 2000 Hamburg SUBSTITUTED 3-ARYL-2-CYCLOALKEN-1-ONE AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
DK328382A (en) * 1981-07-22 1983-01-23 Syntex Inc PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE AGENTS
IT1171604B (en) * 1981-10-22 1987-06-10 Roussel Maestretti Spa 4-FENYL-4-OSSOBUTEN-2-OICO ACID DERIVATIVES EQUIPPED WITH PHARMACOLOGICAL PROPERTIES AND THEIR PREPARATION PROCEDURE
US4474809A (en) * 1983-01-20 1984-10-02 American Cyanamid Company Arylglyoxals
JPS6140270A (en) 1984-08-01 1986-02-26 Morishita Seiyaku Kk Pyridazinone derivative
US4874777A (en) 1987-04-10 1989-10-17 Eli Lilly And Company Leukotriene antagonists
JPS63270661A (en) 1987-04-28 1988-11-08 Taki Chem Co Ltd 1-(2-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)ethanoyl)-2-piperidone, its production and alcoholic fermentation promoter containing said compound as active component
DE3720317A1 (en) * 1987-06-19 1988-12-29 Sandoz Ag Novel allylamine derivatives
JPS6438636A (en) * 1987-08-05 1989-02-08 Ajinomoto Kk Fluorescent analyzer
JPS6463570A (en) 1987-09-03 1989-03-09 Taki Chemical 1-(3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-hydroxypropanoyl)-2-piperidone, its production and plant growth regulator therefrom
JP2534744B2 (en) 1988-01-13 1996-09-18 株式会社リコー Color image coding method
GB8804457D0 (en) 1988-02-25 1988-03-23 Ciba Geigy Ag Compositions
JPH01216961A (en) * 1988-02-25 1989-08-30 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd 12-lipoxygenase inhibitor
CA2012681A1 (en) 1989-03-31 1990-09-30 Masayasu Okuhira Quinolone derivatives, preparation processes thereof, and antibacterial agents containing the same
US4895862A (en) * 1989-04-21 1990-01-23 American Home Products Corp. Novel benzyl-3H-1,2,3,5-oxathiadiazole 2-oxides useful as antihyperglycemic agents
US4911555A (en) * 1989-05-04 1990-03-27 The Jackson Laboratory Magnetic stirrer for multiple samples
DE3923093A1 (en) 1989-07-13 1991-01-24 Basf Ag NEW 3-METHOXIMINOPROPIONIC ACID ESTERS AND FUNGICIDES CONTAINING THEM
JPH0348603A (en) * 1989-07-14 1991-03-01 Wakayama Pref Gov Antimicrobial and deodorizing material
US6572862B1 (en) * 1989-11-08 2003-06-03 Baylor College Of Medicine Methods and reagents to detect and characterize Norwalk and related viruses
JP3310281B2 (en) * 1989-11-08 2002-08-05 ベイラー カレッジ オブ メディシン Methods and reagents for detecting and identifying Norwork and related viruses
CA2029219A1 (en) * 1989-11-08 1991-05-09 Mary K. Estes Methods and reagents to detect and characterize norwalk and related viruses
US5149737A (en) * 1990-06-18 1992-09-22 Eastman Kodak Company Carboxy containing monomers and polymers and latices prepared from same
DE69113874T2 (en) * 1990-06-21 1996-03-28 Zeneca Ltd Cyclic ether derivatives.
AU638840B2 (en) * 1990-07-05 1993-07-08 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Pyrimidine derivative
JPH0495049A (en) * 1990-08-08 1992-03-27 Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd Biphenyl-5,5'-bis-alkanoic acid derivative, production and use thereof
JPH04159266A (en) 1990-10-19 1992-06-02 Fujisawa Pharmaceut Co Ltd Pyrimidinone derivative
ES2094344T3 (en) * 1991-01-02 1997-01-16 Merrell Pharma Inc ANTI-VIRAL COMPOUNDS.
NL9100770A (en) * 1991-05-03 1992-12-01 Hubertine Maria Emilie Aalders STORAGE BOX FOR GLASSES AND CONTACT LENSES.
TW201311B (en) * 1991-06-17 1993-03-01 Hoffmann La Roche
EP0612244B1 (en) 1991-11-05 2001-09-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Endothelin receptor antagonists
JPH05230009A (en) * 1992-02-24 1993-09-07 Taisho Pharmaceut Co Ltd Amidine derivative
CA2150550A1 (en) * 1992-12-01 1994-06-09 Melissa S. Egbertson Fibrinogen receptor antagonists
TW273551B (en) 1993-05-24 1996-04-01 Wakiei Seiyaku Kk
US5591862A (en) * 1993-06-11 1997-01-07 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Tetrazole derivatives, their production and use
IT1265101B1 (en) * 1993-07-23 1996-10-30 Erba Carlo Spa DERIVATIVES OF 2-AMINO-4-PHENYL-4-BUTYRIC BONE ACID
CA2165567A1 (en) * 1993-08-19 1995-02-23 Kent Alan Berryman Substituted 2(5h)furanone, 2(5h)thiophenone and 2(5h)pyrrolone derivatives, their preparation and their use as endothelien antagonists
IL111613A0 (en) 1993-11-12 1995-01-24 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Ltd Substituted phenyl compounds, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5665387A (en) 1994-09-01 1997-09-09 K.U. Leuven Research & Development Methods and compositions for primary and secondary prevention of autoimmune diabetes
US5641796A (en) * 1994-11-01 1997-06-24 Eli Lilly And Company Oral hypoglycemic agents
US6712481B2 (en) * 1995-06-27 2004-03-30 Solid State Opto Limited Light emitting panel assemblies
US5975711A (en) * 1995-06-27 1999-11-02 Lumitex, Inc. Integrated display panel assemblies
US5613751A (en) * 1995-06-27 1997-03-25 Lumitex, Inc. Light emitting panel assemblies
US7108414B2 (en) * 1995-06-27 2006-09-19 Solid State Opto Limited Light emitting panel assemblies
US20020058931A1 (en) * 1995-06-27 2002-05-16 Jeffrey R. Parker Light delivery system and applications thereof
US6185356B1 (en) * 1995-06-27 2001-02-06 Lumitex, Inc. Protective cover for a lighting device
US20040135273A1 (en) * 1995-06-27 2004-07-15 Parker Jeffery R. Methods of making a pattern of optical element shapes on a roll for use in making optical elements on or in substrates
CA2234633A1 (en) * 1995-10-17 1997-04-24 G.D. Searle & Co. Method of detecting cyclooxygenase-2
GB9521486D0 (en) * 1995-10-20 1995-12-20 Pharmacia Spa Fluoro-substituted benzoylpropionic acid derivatives
GB9522617D0 (en) * 1995-11-03 1996-01-03 Pharmacia Spa 4-Phenyl-4-oxo-butenoic acid derivatives with kynurenine-3-hydroxylase inhibiting activity
GB9522615D0 (en) * 1995-11-03 1996-01-03 Pharmacia Spa 4-Phenyl-4-oxo-butanoic acid derivatives with kynurenine-3-hydroxylase inhibiting activity
NZ331801A (en) 1996-02-19 2001-01-26 Japan Tobacco Inc Therapeutic agent for diabetes
AU3461697A (en) 1996-07-19 1998-02-10 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd. Heterocyclic compounds, their production and use
FR2752422B1 (en) 1996-08-16 1998-11-06 Lipha PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING 4-OXO-BUTANOIC ACIDS
KR100205768B1 (en) * 1996-08-24 1999-07-01 Choongwae Pharm Co Stereo-selective composition of 4-acetoxyazetidinone
JP3076066B2 (en) 1996-08-27 2000-08-14 塩野義製薬株式会社 Chromene-3-carboxylic acid derivative
JP2001500864A (en) * 1996-09-13 2001-01-23 メルク エンド カンパニー インコーポレーテッド Thrombin inhibitors
CA2216512A1 (en) * 1996-10-11 1998-04-11 Rohm And Haas Company Dihydropyridazinones and pyridazinones their use as fungicides and insecticides
JPH10130241A (en) 1996-10-31 1998-05-19 Wakunaga Pharmaceut Co Ltd New pyridonecarboxylic acid derivative or its salt and medicine comprising the same
JP2001526631A (en) * 1996-12-09 2001-12-18 ワーナー−ランバート・コンパニー Methods for treating and preventing heart failure and diastole
IT1289238B1 (en) 1996-12-10 1998-09-29 Bio S S P A Ora Bio S S R L PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS FOR THE TREATMENT OF VIRAL INFECTIONS INCLUDING A 4 ARILCUMARIN
WO1999011255A1 (en) 1997-08-28 1999-03-11 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor controllers
US6038332A (en) 1997-09-05 2000-03-14 Digital Biometrics, Inc. Method and apparatus for capturing the image of a palm
CN1103332C (en) 1997-10-14 2003-03-19 旭化成株式会社 Biphenyl-5-alkanoic acid derivs. and use thereof
IL135673A0 (en) * 1997-10-17 2001-05-20 Aventis Pharm Prod Inc Therapeutic uses of quinoline derivatives
JP3608929B2 (en) 1997-12-19 2005-01-12 セントラル硝子株式会社 Polyimide composition
ATE451346T1 (en) * 1998-03-10 2009-12-15 Ono Pharmaceutical Co CARBOXYLIC ACID DERIVATIVES AND MEDICATIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM AS THE ACTIVE INGREDIENTS
BR9802163A (en) 1998-05-29 2000-11-28 Ind E Com De Prod Farmaceutico Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections comprising neoflavonoid substances (4-arylcoumarins)
WO1999062520A1 (en) 1998-06-03 1999-12-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Hiv integrase inhibitors
SE9801992D0 (en) * 1998-06-04 1998-06-04 Astra Ab New 3-aryl-2-hydroxypropionic acid derivative I
EP1085846A2 (en) 1998-06-08 2001-03-28 Advanced Medicine, Inc. Multibinding inhibitors of microsomal triglyceride transferase protein
AU5311699A (en) * 1998-07-28 2000-02-21 Ce Resources Pte Ltd Optical detection system
DK0997474T3 (en) * 1998-08-14 2004-02-09 Pfizer Antithrombotic agents
US6255498B1 (en) 1998-10-16 2001-07-03 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for synthesizing diaryl-substituted heterocyclic compounds, including tetrahydrofurans
US6291503B1 (en) * 1999-01-15 2001-09-18 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft β-phenylalanine derivatives as integrin antagonists
US20050024849A1 (en) * 1999-02-23 2005-02-03 Parker Jeffery R. Methods of cutting or forming cavities in a substrate for use in making optical films, components or wave guides
US6632655B1 (en) * 1999-02-23 2003-10-14 Caliper Technologies Corp. Manipulation of microparticles in microfluidic systems
US7364341B2 (en) * 1999-02-23 2008-04-29 Solid State Opto Limited Light redirecting films including non-interlockable optical elements
US6827456B2 (en) * 1999-02-23 2004-12-07 Solid State Opto Limited Transreflectors, transreflector systems and displays and methods of making transreflectors
US6752505B2 (en) * 1999-02-23 2004-06-22 Solid State Opto Limited Light redirecting films and film systems
EP1173408B1 (en) 1999-04-19 2005-07-20 Coelacanth Corporation Ppar-(gamma) agonists as agents for the treatment of type ii diabetes
CA2373146A1 (en) * 1999-05-07 2000-11-16 Quantum Dot Corporation A method of detecting an analyte using semiconductor nanocrystals
EP1065210A1 (en) * 1999-07-01 2001-01-03 ASTA Medica Aktiengesellschaft Novel xanthone compounds, their preparation and use as medicament
US6541521B1 (en) * 1999-07-12 2003-04-01 Warner-Lambert Company Benzene butyric acids and their derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases
US20030092058A1 (en) * 1999-08-10 2003-05-15 Spaulding Glenn F. Novel flow cytometer
KR100683435B1 (en) * 1999-09-17 2007-02-20 교린 세이야꾸 가부시키 가이샤 O-Anisamide derivatives
JP2001181281A (en) 1999-10-12 2001-07-03 Sato Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Quinolone derivative useful as antimicrobial agent
WO2001036351A2 (en) * 1999-11-19 2001-05-25 Corvas International, Inc. Plasminogen activator inhibitor antagonists related applications
TW574193B (en) * 1999-12-03 2004-02-01 Astrazeneca Ab Novel phenalkyloxy-phenyl derivatives, pharmaceutical composition containing the same and their uses
US6610351B2 (en) * 2000-04-12 2003-08-26 Quantag Systems, Inc. Raman-active taggants and their recognition
EP1276739A2 (en) 2000-04-24 2003-01-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocycles that are inhibitors of impdh enzyme
WO2001082916A2 (en) * 2000-05-03 2001-11-08 Tularik Inc. Combination therapeutic compositions and methods of use
AU2001271718A1 (en) 2000-06-29 2002-01-14 Smith Kline Beecham Corporation Fatty acid synthase inhibitors
AU2001267878A1 (en) * 2000-07-05 2002-01-14 Ajinomoto Co. Inc. Hypoglycemics
US7354954B1 (en) * 2000-08-10 2008-04-08 Meythaler Jay M Use of GABA agonists for treatment of spastic disorders, convulsions, and epilepsy
WO2002014291A1 (en) 2000-08-11 2002-02-21 Nippon Chemiphar Co.,Ltd. PPARδ ACTIVATORS
WO2002059077A1 (en) 2001-01-26 2002-08-01 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Aminoethanol derivatives
MXPA03011201A (en) * 2001-06-07 2004-02-26 Lilly Co Eli Modulators of peroxisome proliferator activated receptors.
JP4711621B2 (en) * 2001-06-12 2011-06-29 ウェルスタット セラピューティクス コーポレイション Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
DE10135027A1 (en) * 2001-07-18 2003-02-06 Solvay Pharm Gmbh Use of trifluoroacetylalkyl-substituted phenyl, phenol and benzoyl derivatives in the treatment and / or prophylaxis of Obestias and its concomitant and / or secondary diseases
JP2003248008A (en) * 2001-12-18 2003-09-05 Inst Of Physical & Chemical Res Method of stirring reaction liquid
CA2502297C (en) 2002-11-01 2011-12-13 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
EP1601251B1 (en) * 2003-02-13 2014-11-12 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
CN1774244A (en) 2003-04-15 2006-05-17 维尔斯达医疗公司 Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
JP4697973B2 (en) 2003-04-22 2011-06-08 ウェルスタット セラピューティクス コーポレイション Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US7442796B2 (en) * 2003-04-30 2008-10-28 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
GB0314078D0 (en) * 2003-06-18 2003-07-23 Astrazeneca Ab Therapeutic agents
JP2007502815A (en) 2003-08-20 2007-02-15 イーライ リリー アンド カンパニー PPAR regulator
US20050262567A1 (en) * 2004-05-19 2005-11-24 Itshak Carmona Systems and methods for computer security
US7319522B2 (en) * 2004-05-27 2008-01-15 Finesse Solutions Llc. Systems and methods for in situ spectroscopic measurements
CN101147055A (en) * 2005-01-31 2008-03-19 伊利诺伊大学评议会 Methods and devices for characterizing particles in clear and turbid media
US8022249B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-09-20 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
CA2647258A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation Combination treatment of metabolic disorders

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4098816A (en) * 1973-08-23 1978-07-04 Beecham Group Limited Polycyclic oxy-aromatic acid
US4011321A (en) * 1973-12-19 1977-03-08 Smith Kline & French Laboratories Limited Pharmaceutical compositions and methods of inhibiting β-adrenergic receptors
US4638094A (en) * 1982-08-06 1987-01-20 Ube Industries, Ltd. Process for producing phenylacetones
US4845231A (en) * 1988-02-12 1989-07-04 American Home Products Corporation Tetrazoles and their use as hypoglycemic agents
US5817693A (en) * 1991-11-05 1998-10-06 Cousins; Russell Donovan Endothelin receptor antagonists
US5948803A (en) * 1995-12-18 1999-09-07 Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. N-substituted dioxothiazolidylbenzamide derivatives and process for producing the same
US6555536B2 (en) * 2000-05-12 2003-04-29 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Biologically active 4H-benzo [1,4]oxazin-3-ones

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070238183A1 (en) * 2006-04-04 2007-10-11 Stout Robert L Methods for assessment of cardiovascular disease risk

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
NO333355B1 (en) 2013-05-13
US20070265323A1 (en) 2007-11-15
US7101910B2 (en) 2006-09-05
US8487000B2 (en) 2013-07-16
IL219397A (en) 2013-10-31
NO20130218L (en) 2004-02-11
CN101444496A (en) 2009-06-03
JP2009221232A (en) 2009-10-01
US7851494B2 (en) 2010-12-14
CN100344616C (en) 2007-10-24
AU2011201016B2 (en) 2011-11-03
US20070244171A1 (en) 2007-10-18
US7863475B2 (en) 2011-01-04
US20080027229A1 (en) 2008-01-31
US20070249719A1 (en) 2007-10-25
IL219397A0 (en) 2012-06-28
UA82831C2 (en) 2008-05-26
US6946491B2 (en) 2005-09-20
US7045541B2 (en) 2006-05-16
US7012071B2 (en) 2006-03-14
US8552062B2 (en) 2013-10-08
US7329782B2 (en) 2008-02-12
US20070265322A1 (en) 2007-11-15
KR100965201B1 (en) 2010-06-24
US7041659B2 (en) 2006-05-09
BR0210383A (en) 2006-04-04
US6858602B2 (en) 2005-02-22
US20040092516A1 (en) 2004-05-13
MXPA03011558A (en) 2004-03-26
WO2002100341A3 (en) 2004-07-01
US20040097585A1 (en) 2004-05-20
KR20050030089A (en) 2005-03-29
US20050090555A1 (en) 2005-04-28
JP2009227690A (en) 2009-10-08
US20080015209A1 (en) 2008-01-17
KR20090061080A (en) 2009-06-15
JP4711621B2 (en) 2011-06-29
AU2007203009A1 (en) 2007-07-19
CA2450221C (en) 2011-12-20
IL159320A (en) 2013-05-30
US20080021109A1 (en) 2008-01-24
KR101009472B1 (en) 2011-01-19
US20040077896A1 (en) 2004-04-22
HUP0600781A2 (en) 2007-01-29
IL219396A0 (en) 2012-06-28
HK1126987A1 (en) 2009-09-18
KR101059776B1 (en) 2011-08-26
CN102140064A (en) 2011-08-03
ES2441874T3 (en) 2014-02-06
CN102151262A (en) 2011-08-17
CN1608055A (en) 2005-04-20
IL159320A0 (en) 2004-06-01
RU2341513C2 (en) 2008-12-20
AU2007203009B2 (en) 2011-01-20
CZ20033394A3 (en) 2005-03-16
BRPI0210383B1 (en) 2015-08-04
JP2005501012A (en) 2005-01-13
CN101444496B (en) 2011-04-13
JP2013129665A (en) 2013-07-04
KR20100110902A (en) 2010-10-13
EP1461323A2 (en) 2004-09-29
RU2004100306A (en) 2005-06-10
UA104987C2 (en) 2014-04-10
US20040236100A1 (en) 2004-11-25
RU2502723C2 (en) 2013-12-27
US20040092518A1 (en) 2004-05-13
NO20035526D0 (en) 2003-12-11
US20050004115A1 (en) 2005-01-06
US6916848B2 (en) 2005-07-12
US20070244172A1 (en) 2007-10-18
WO2002100341A2 (en) 2002-12-19
US20130281705A1 (en) 2013-10-24
US20070105958A1 (en) 2007-05-10
AU2002345625B2 (en) 2007-08-02
ZA200309627B (en) 2005-08-31
PL367078A1 (en) 2005-02-21
US20070249696A1 (en) 2007-10-25
US20070244141A1 (en) 2007-10-18
US20030149107A1 (en) 2003-08-07
US9133073B2 (en) 2015-09-15
NZ530051A (en) 2006-12-22
US20040267025A1 (en) 2004-12-30
KR20100031549A (en) 2010-03-22
US8604083B2 (en) 2013-12-10
CA2450221A1 (en) 2002-12-19
HU230352B1 (en) 2016-02-29
JP5477893B2 (en) 2014-04-23
IL209842A0 (en) 2011-02-28
RU2008132204A (en) 2010-02-10
EP1461323B1 (en) 2013-10-09
KR100959356B1 (en) 2010-05-20
US20050256333A1 (en) 2005-11-17
AU2011201016A1 (en) 2011-03-31
HK1076805A1 (en) 2006-01-27
EP1461323A4 (en) 2009-11-11
US7547802B2 (en) 2009-06-16
US6924314B2 (en) 2005-08-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7863475B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders
AU2002345625A1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: EXPRESSLY ABANDONED -- DURING PUBLICATION PROCESS

AS Assignment

Owner name: WHITE OAK GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC, AS ADMINISTRATIVE

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:WELLSTAT THERAPEUTICS CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:031029/0875

Effective date: 20130801

AS Assignment

Owner name: PDL BIOPHARMA, INC., NEVADA

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:WELLSTAT THERAPEUTICS CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:031227/0227

Effective date: 20130820

AS Assignment

Owner name: WELLSTAT THERAPEUTICS CORPORATION, MARYLAND

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:WHITE OAK GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT;REEL/FRAME:055056/0891

Effective date: 20210108